AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC /DE/
S-2/A, 2000-10-10
MORTGAGE BANKERS & LOAN CORRESPONDENTS
Previous: AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC /DE/, 10-K, EX-27, 2000-10-10
Next: AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC /DE/, S-2/A, EX-23.2, 2000-10-10



<PAGE>

    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 10, 2000

                                                      Registration No. 333-40248
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                               -------------------

                      PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. THREE TO
                                    FORM S-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               -------------------

                   AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


               Delaware                                      87-0418807
   -------------------------------                     ----------------------
   (State or other jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)                     Identification Number)


                   AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                              103 Springer Building
                              3411 Silverside Road
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19810
                                 (302) 478-6160
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                      including area code, of registrant's
                          principal executive offices)

                               ANTHONY J. SANTILLI
                  Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer,
                      Chief Operating Officer and Director
                   American Business Financial Services, Inc.
                            Balapointe Office Center
                           111 Presidential Boulevard
                              Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
                                 (610) 668-2440
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:

                            JANE K. STORERO, ESQUIRE
                        Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP
                                One Logan Square
                      Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6998
                                 (215) 569-5500

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon
as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box. [X]

        If the registrant elects to deliver its latest annual report to security
holders, or a complete and legal facsimile thereof, pursuant to Item 11(a)(1) of
this Form, check the following box. [ ]

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

<PAGE>

        If this Form is a post-effective registration statement filed pursuant
to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

        If this Form is a post-effective registration statement filed pursuant
to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434 please check the following box. [ ]

        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
<PAGE>

                  Subject to Completion, Dated October 10, 2000

         [LOGO]

                   AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                  $350,000,000 of Subordinated Debt Securities

         American Business Financial Services, Inc. is offering the subordinated
investment notes and the adjustable-rate, subordinated money market notes. We
offer investment notes with maturities of three months to 120 months. The money
market notes have no stated maturity. For a more detailed description of these
securities, see "Highlights of Terms of the Debt Securities" and "Description of
the Debt Securities Offered and the Indenture." We will provide the interest
rates currently being offered on the debt securities in a supplement to this
prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the rate supplement carefully
before you invest.

         We will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of the debt
securities which we estimate will total approximately $342.1 million after
paying expenses.

         These debt securities are not certificates of deposit or other
obligations of, or guaranteed by a depository institution. The payment of
principal and interest on these securities is not insured by the FDIC or
guaranteed by the FDIC, any governmental or private insurance fund, or any other
entity.

         These debt securities are our unsecured obligations. We do not
contribute funds to a separate account such as a sinking fund to repay the debt
represented by these securities upon maturity.

         There is no public trading market for these securities and it is
unlikely that an active trading market will develop or be sustained.

         An investment in these securities involves risks and uncertainties.
These securities are unsecured obligations, which are subordinated to our senior
debt. You should consider carefully the risk factors and the other information
set forth in this prospectus before you decide to purchase these securities. See
"Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved these securities or passed on the
adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

                          -----------------------------

                The date of this prospectus is ____________, 2000

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may
not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities
in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary................................................................................................3
Highlights of Terms of The Debt Securities Offered...............................................................10
Risk Factors.....................................................................................................11
Forward Looking Statements.......................................................................................21
Use of Proceeds..................................................................................................21
Description of The Debt Securities Offered and The Indenture.....................................................23
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.............................................................................36
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations............................38
Business.........................................................................................................83
Where You Can Find More Information.............................................................................103
Management......................................................................................................104
Principal Stockholders..........................................................................................107
Market For Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters.........................................................109
Plan of Distribution............................................................................................111
Legal Matters...................................................................................................111
Experts.........................................................................................................111
Index To Consolidated Financial Statements......................................................................F-1

</TABLE>
                                       2
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary includes an overview of the material terms of the offering
which are discussed in detail in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the
information that is necessary to make an informed investment decision. To fully
understand the offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully,
including the "Risk Factors" and the consolidated financial statements and the
related notes before you decide to purchase these securities.

                   General Information Regarding Our Business

         American Business Financial Services, Inc. is a diversified financial
services company operating throughout the United States. We originate loans
through a combination of channels including a national processing center located
at our centralized operating office in Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania, and a retail
branch network of offices. Through our principal direct and indirect
subsidiaries, we originate, service and sell:

         o loans to businesses secured by real estate and other business assets,
           which we refer to in this document as business purpose loans;

         o mortgage loans which are secured by first and second mortgages on
           single-family residences and which do not satisfy the eligibility
           requirements of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or similar buyers which we
           refer to in this document as home equity loans; and

         o mortgage loans which are secured by first mortgages on one-to
           four-unit residential properties, most of which satisfy the
           eligibility requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which are
           referred to in this document as conventional first mortgage loans.

         In addition, we have entered into business arrangements with several
financial institutions. According to these business arrangements, we purchase
home equity loans that meet our underwriting criteria but do not meet the
underwriting guidelines of the selling institution for loans it holds in its
portfolio. The loans are originated by the selling institution and immediately
sold to us. Following our purchase of the loans through this program, we hold
these loans in our portfolio until they are sold in connection with a future
securitization. We refer to these business arrangements in this document as the
Bank Alliance Program.

         Prior to December 31, 1999, we also originated equipment leases.
Effective December 31, 1999, we de-emphasized the leasing origination business
as a result of our strategy of focusing on our most profitable lines of
business. We are continuing to service the remaining leases in our managed
portfolio, which totaled $119.0 million in gross receivables at June 30, 2000.
We may from time to time consider originating or purchasing new leases.

         Our loan customers fall primarily into two categories. The first
category of customers includes credit-impaired borrowers who are generally
unable to obtain financing from banks or savings and loan associations. These

                                       3
<PAGE>

institutions have historically provided loans only to individuals with the most
favorable credit characteristics. These borrowers generally have impaired or
unsubstantiated credit histories and/or unverifiable income. The second category
of customers includes borrowers who would qualify for loans from traditional
lending sources but who still prefer to use our products and services. Our
experience has indicated that these borrowers are attracted to our loan products
as a result of our marketing efforts, the personalized service provided by our
staff of highly trained lending officers and our timely response to loan
requests. Historically, both categories of customers have been willing to pay
our origination fees and interest rates even though they are generally higher
than those charged by traditional lending sources. Leases in our managed
portfolio were typically made to small businesses or proprietorships with less
than 100 employees and favorable credit histories.

         We were incorporated in Delaware in 1985 and we began operations in
1988, initially offering business purpose loans secured by real estate through
our subsidiary, American Business Credit.

         The ongoing securitization of our loans is a central part of our
current business strategy. A securitization is a financing technique often used
by originators of financial assets to raise capital. A securitization involves
the transfer of a pool of financial assets, in our case, loans, to a trust in
exchange for certificates, notes or other securities issued by the trust and
representing an undivided interest in the trust assets. The transfer to the
trust could involve a sale or pledge of the financial assets depending on the
particular transaction. Next, we sell a portion of the certificates, notes or
other securities to investors for cash. Often the originator of the loans
retains the servicing rights, which is the right to service the loans for a fee.
The originator may also retain an interest in the cash flows generated by the
securitized loans which is subordinate to the regular interest sold to
investors. This interest in the cash flows generated by the securitized loans is
called an interest-only strip. Through June 30, 2000, we had securitized an
aggregate of $2.3 billion of loans and leases, consisting of $305.7 million of
business purpose loans, $1.8 billion of home equity loans, and $161.6 million of
equipment leases. We retain the servicing rights on all securitized loans and
leases. See "Business -- Securitizations."

         In addition to securitizations, we fund our operations with
subordinated debt that we offer from our principal operating office located in
Pennsylvania and branch offices located in Florida and Arizona. We offer this
debt without the assistance of an underwriter or dealer. At June 30, 2000, we
had $390.7 million in subordinated debt outstanding. This debt had a weighted
average interest rate of 10.7% and a weighted average maturity of 23 months as
of June 30, 2000. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

         We continue to explore a variety of strategic options to broaden our
product offerings and reduce our cost of funds. To achieve these goals, we may
consider various electronic commerce initiatives, the acquisition of other
finance companies or related companies, the purchase of portfolios of loans, the
issuance of secured credit cards, the origination and servicing of loans insured
by the Small Business Administration and the engagement of independent NASD
registered brokers to assist in the sale of the subordinated debt securities. We
cannot assure you that we will engage in any of the activities listed above or
the impact of those activities on our financial condition or results of
operations.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         Our principal executive office is located at 103 Springer Building,
3411 Silverside Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19810. The telephone number at that
address is (302) 478-6160. Our principal operating office is located at
Balapointe Office Centre, 111 Presidential Boulevard, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania
19004. The telephone number at the Balapointe Office Centre is (610) 668-2440.
We maintain a site on the World Wide Web at www.abfsonline.com. The information
on our web site is not and should not be considered part of this document.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                       Summary Consolidated Financial Data

         You should consider our consolidated financial information set forth
below together with the more detailed consolidated financial statements,
including the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                                    --------------------------------------------------
Statement of Income Data:                             2000       1999      1998       1997      1996
                                                    --------    -------   -------    -------   -------
Revenues:                                             (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
  Gain on sale of loans and leases............      $ 90,380    $64,490   $40,778    $19,942   $ 8,721
  Interest and fees...........................        19,400     16,553    17,386      5,584     3,245
  Interest accretion on interest-only strips..        16,616      2,021       538        101        --
  Other.......................................         4,250      3,360       633        335       129
                                                    --------    -------   -------    -------   -------
Total revenues................................       130,646     86,424    59,335     25,962    12,095
Total expenses(a).............................       120,284     64,573    41,445     16,960     8,974
                                                    --------    -------   -------    -------   -------
Operating income before income taxes..........        10,362     21,851    17,890      9,002     3,121
Income taxes..................................         3,938      7,763     6,435      3,062       802
                                                    --------    -------   -------    -------   -------
Net income....................................      $  6,424    $14,088   $11,455    $ 5,940   $ 2,319
                                                    ========    =======   =======    =======   =======
Per Common Share Data:
  Basic earnings per common share(b)..........      $   1.88    $  3.83   $  3.10    $  2.03   $  0.96
  Diluted earnings per common share(b)........          1.83       3.72      2.98       1.95      0.96
  Cash dividends declared per common share....          0.30      0.165      0.06       0.06      0.03
</TABLE>
----------------------
(a) Includes an interest-only strip fair value adjustment of $12.6 million in
    the year ended June 30, 2000.
(b) Amounts for the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998, 1997 and 1996 have been
    retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 5% stock dividend declared
    August 18, 1999 as if the additional shares had been outstanding for each
    period presented.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     June 30,
                                                 --------------------------------------------------
                                                   2000       1999      1998       1997      1996
                                                 --------   --------  --------   --------   -------
Balance Sheet Data:                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................     $ 69,751   $ 22,395  $  4,486   $  5,014   $ 5,345
Loan and lease receivables, net
  Available for sale........................       44,132     33,776    62,382     35,712    18,003
  Other.....................................       13,002      6,863     4,096      1,144       534
Interest-only strips........................      277,872    178,218    95,913     37,507    32,639
Receivables for sold loans and leases.......       51,283     66,086     2,377        960        26
Servicing rights............................       74,919     43,210    18,472      8,083     5,907
Total assets................................      592,668    396,301   226,551    103,989    46,894
Subordinated debt...........................      390,676    211,652   115,182     56,486    33,620
Total liabilities...........................      530,553    338,055   183,809     73,077    42,503
Stockholders' equity........................       62,115     58,246    42,742     30,912     4,392
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year Ended June 30,
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------
                                                     2000       1999      1998        1997      1996
                                                  ---------- ----------  --------   --------   -------
Other Data:                                           (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Originations:
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
  Business purpose loans......................    $  106,187 $   64,818  $ 52,335   $ 38,721   $28,872
  Home equity loans...........................       949,014    634,820   328,089     91,819    36,479
  Conventional first mortgage loans...........        42,607     66,519    33,671         --        --
  Equipment leases............................        19,631     96,289    70,480      8,004     5,967
Loans and Leases Sold:
  Securitizations.............................     1,001,702    777,598   384,700    115,000    36,506
  Other.......................................       102,670    105,751    51,594      3,817    19,438
Total managed loan and lease portfolio........     1,918,540  1,176,918   559,398    176,651    59,891
Average loan/lease size:
  Business purpose loans......................            89         80        83         78        78
  Home equity loans...........................            70         74        62         51        47
  Conventional first mortgage loans...........           160        165       154         --        --
  Equipment leases............................            19         23        21         11        11
Weighted average interest rate on Loans
  and Leases originated:
  Business purpose loans......................         15.99%     15.91%    15.96%     15.91%    15.83%
  Home equity loans...........................         11.28      11.05     11.95      11.69      9.94
  Conventional first mortgage loans...........          8.75       7.67      8.22         --        --
  Equipment leases............................         11.25      11.40     12.19      15.48     17.22
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
Financial Ratios:                                    2000      1999       1998      1997       1996
                                                     -----     -----      -----     -----      -----
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Return on average assets......................        1.31%     4.56%      6.93%     7.87%      6.71%
Return on average equity......................       10.29     28.10      31.10     33.65      70.96
Total delinquencies as a percentage of total
  managed portfolio at end of period..........        2.91      3.19       3.01      2.15       2.30
Real estate owned as a percentage of
  total managed portfolio at end of period....        0.68      0.85       0.16      0.34       1.01
Loan and lease losses as a percentage of the
  average total managed portfolio during the
  period......................................        0.31      0.12       0.12      0.07       0.33
Pre-tax income as a percentage of total revenues      7.93     25.28      30.15     33.99      25.81
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges............        1.26x     1.92x      2.23x     2.56x      1.97x
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>

                            Overview of the Offering

         The Offering. We are offering up to $350.0 million of subordinated
investment notes and adjustable rate subordinated money market debt securities
referred to in this prospectus as debt securities. In connection with this
offering of debt securities, we have entered into an agreement called an
indenture with U.S. Bank Trust National Association, a national banking
association who will act as the trustee. The indenture provides detailed
information regarding the terms of debt securities and what happens in the event
we fail to make a payment. The trustee monitors our compliance with the terms of
the indenture and takes actions to protect the rights of holders of the debt
securities if we do not comply with these terms. There is no minimum amount of
debt securities that must be sold in the offering. We may withdraw or cancel the
offering at any time. In the event of a withdrawal or cancellation, the debt
securities previously sold will remain outstanding until maturity and pending
orders will be irrevocable. See "Plan of Distribution."

         Unsecured Obligations. The debt securities are not insured, guaranteed
or secured by the FDIC or other government agencies or by any lien on any of our
assets. We do not intend to contribute funds to a separate fund, such as a
sinking fund, to provide funds to repay the debt securities upon maturity. Our
sources of funds for the repayment of principal at maturity and the ongoing
payment of interest on these debt securities include revenues from operations,
including the securitization or sale of available for sale loans, working
capital, and cash generated from additional debt financing. See "Risk Factors --
Since we do not set aside funds to repay the debt securities offered and you
must rely on our revenues from operations and other sources for repayment, if
our sources of repayment are not adequate, you could lose all or a part of your
investment."

         Subordinated Obligations. The debt securities are second in right of
repayment, or subordinated, to our senior debt and debt of our subsidiaries,
other than the senior debt. There is no limitation on the amount of senior debt
or subsidiary debt we may incur. See "Description of the Debt Securities Offered
and the Indenture" for a description of what constitutes senior debt and debt of
our subsidiaries.

         Parity Debt. Upon liquidation or dissolution, our indebtedness, other
than the senior debt, will have rights equal to those of the debt securities
being offered. As of June 30, 2000, we had $390.7 million of indebtedness which
will rank equally in right of payment with the debt securities. See "Description
of the Debt Securities Offered and the Indenture."

         Orders. Your order is irrevocable upon submission to us. We may reject
your order in whole or in part, for any reason. If your order is not accepted by
us, we will promptly refund the funds you paid with your order to you without
deduction of any costs and without interest. See "Plan of Distribution."

         Upon acceptance of an order, we send an initial transaction statement
to each purchaser which shows each purchaser's ownership. Purchasers may not
transfer rights of ownership in the security by the endorsement and delivery of
the statement to another purchaser. See "Provisions Relating to All Securities"
for information on how to transfer this debt security.

                                       8
<PAGE>

         Overview of Terms of Debt Securities. For an overview of the debt
securities, see "Highlights of Terms of Debt Securities Offered" and
"Description of the Debt Securities Offered" appearing in this prospectus.

         Use of Proceeds. Assuming that we sell all of the $350.0 million of
debt securities offered, we will receive net proceeds of approximately $342.1
million after paying expenses which we estimate to be approximately $7.9
million. We may use up to approximately $140.0 million to $160.0 million of the
net proceeds to repay maturing notes with maturities of 1 day to 10 years and
interest rates ranging from 6.15% to 12.90%. We intend to use the remainder of
the net proceeds we receive from the sale of the debt securities for our general
corporate purposes as described under "Use of Proceeds."

         We do not presently intend to use registered broker-dealers to assist
with the sale of the debt securities. If we elect to use broker-dealers on a
best efforts basis in connection with future sales of the investment notes or
money market notes, we anticipate that we will pay commissions of up to 10% of
the sales price to those brokers and we may reimburse those brokers for costs
and expenses related to those sales. If we use brokers, expenses of the offering
will increase and the proceeds we receive will be less than currently estimated.

                                       9
<PAGE>

               HIGHLIGHTS OF TERMS OF THE DEBT SECURITIES OFFERED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Investment Notes                        Money Market Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                                    <C>
Types of Security Offered.......     Unsecured, subordinated, fixed term     Unsecured, adjustable rate, subordinated
                                     subordinated debt security.             debt security.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Denomination of Initial Purchase     Minimum purchase: $1,000 per security   Minimum purchase: $1,000 per security
and Additional Purchases........     or any amount in excess of $1,000.      or any amount in excess of $1,000.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Interest Rate............     Fixed upon issuance. You may choose a   We will adjust the interest rate paid
                                     term length and the applicable          from time to time in our sole
                                     interest rate will be based upon the    discretion. The rate shall not be less
                                     term chosen.                            than 4.0% per year. We will notify
                                                                             holders in writing at least 14 days
                                                                             prior to any decrease in the interest
                                                                             rate. No interest will be paid for any
                                                                             day on which the principal balance is
                                                                             below $1,000.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment of Interest.............     Interest on investment notes with       Interest will be compounded daily and
                                     maturities of less than one year will   credited monthly at the end of each
                                     be compounded daily and paid at         month. No checks will be issued in
                                     maturity. Interest on investment        payment of interest. Accrued interest
                                     notes with maturities of one year or    will be added to principal in each
                                     greater will be compounded daily and,   account in the form of additional
                                     at the election of the holder, paid at  securities.
                                     maturity, monthly, quarterly,
                                     semi-annually or annually.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption by Holder............     Investment notes with remaining         May be redeemed by the holder upon
                                     maturities of less than one year are    written notice to us with payment to be
                                     not redeemable prior to maturity.       made within 10 business days of our
                                     Investment notes with remaining         receipt of such notice from the holder.
                                     maturities of one year or greater may   Redemptions must be at least $500,
                                     be redeemed by the holder, who is a     except for redemptions to close an
                                     natural person, following his/her       account. Redemptions may be made by
                                     total permanent disability (as          drafts, which are similar to checks. We
                                     described under the heading             will charge a service fee if you use
                                     "Description of the Debt Securities     more than three (3) drafts per month.
                                     Offered and the Indenture _ Provisions
                                     Relating to Investment Notes"), or by
                                     the holder's estate after his/her
                                     death, at the principal amount plus
                                     accrued interest.  Any holder who is
                                     not a natural person, such as a trust,
                                     partnership or corporation, will have
                                     no right to cause redemption prior to
                                     maturity (for joint holders, see
                                     "Description of the Debt Securities
                                     Offered and the Indenture Provisions
                                     Relating to Investment Notes").
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption by Company...........     Redeemable upon 90 days written notice  Redeemable upon 30 days written notice
                                     to the holder.                          to the holder.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Form/Transferability............     In book-entry form and                  In book-entry form and non-negotiable.
                                     non-negotiable. (A transaction          (A transaction statement will be issued,
                                     statement will be issued, not an        not an individual promissory note). Not
                                     individual promissory note). Not        transferable without our prior written
                                     transferable without our prior written  consent.
                                     consent.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                                    <C>
Maturity........................     Investment notes are offered with       No fixed maturity.
                                     terms to maturity of 3 to 120
                                     months, the term of each note is
                                     established at the time of purchase.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Automatic Extension.............     The investment notes will be            Not applicable.
                                     automatically extended for a period
                                     equal to the original term unless: (i)
                                     we notify the holder at least seven
                                     days prior to the maturity date that
                                     an extension will not be provided; or
                                     (ii) the holder elects to redeem
                                     his/her notes within seven days after
                                     the maturity date.  Investment notes
                                     to be extended will be extended at a
                                     fixed rate equal to the rate then
                                     being offered on newly issued
                                     investment notes of like tenor, term
                                     and denomination at their respective
                                     maturity dates.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodic Statements.............     Not applicable.                         Monthly statements detailing the current
                                                                             balance and interest rate paid on each
                                                                             account will be mailed to each holder no
                                                                             later than the tenth business day
                                                                             following the end of each month.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                       10
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         Before you invest in our debt securities, you should be aware that
there are various risks, including those described in this section. You should
consider carefully these risk factors together with all of the other information
included in this prospectus and the rate supplement provided to you with this
prospectus before you decide to purchase any debt securities we are offering.

Risks Related to the Offering

Because the debt securities are not insured against loss by the FDIC or any
governmental agency, you could lose your entire investment.

         Neither the FDIC nor any other governmental or private agency insures
prospectus. The holder of the debt securities is dependent solely upon sources
such as our earnings, proceeds from the sale or securitization of available for
sale loans, our working capital and other sources of funds, including proceeds
from the continuing sale of subordinated debt and lines of credit for repayment
of principal at maturity and the ongoing payment of interest on the debt
securities.

Because our business operations are generally not subject to regulation and
examination by federal banking regulators, these protections are not available
to protect purchasers of our debt securities.

         Currently, our operations are not regulated or subject to examination
in the same manner as commercial banks, savings banks and thrift institutions.
Although, if approved, our industrial loan company will be subject to such
regulation, currently our operations are not subject to the stringent regulatory
requirements imposed upon the operations of those entities and are not subject
to periodic compliance examinations by federal banking regulators designed to
protect investors. See "Business."

Our residential lending business is subject to government regulation and
licensing requirements which may hinder our ability to operate profitably and
repay the notes.

         Our residential lending business is subject to extensive regulation,
supervision and licensing by various state departments of banking or financial
services. Our lending business is also subject to various laws and judicial and
administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on all or part
of our home equity and conventional first mortgage lending activities. We are
also subject to examinations by state departments of banking or financial
services in the 47 states where we are licensed with respect to originating,
processing, underwriting, selling and servicing home equity loans and
conventional first mortgage loans. We are also subject to Federal Reserve Board
regulations related to residential mortgage lending and servicing and the
Department of Housing and Urban Development regulation and reporting
requirements. Failure to comply with these requirements can lead to, among other
remedies, termination or suspension of licenses, rights of rescission for
mortgage loans, class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement actions.

                                       11
<PAGE>

         Federal and state government agencies have recently begun to consider,
and in some instances have adopted, legislation to restrict lenders' ability to
charge rates and fees in connection with subprime residential mortgage loans and
loans to borrowers with problem credit. Such legislation also imposes various
loan term restrictions, e.g., limits on balloon loan features. Frequently
referred to generally as "predatory lending" legislation, this legislation may
limit our ability to impose fees, charge interest rates on consumer loans to
those borrowers with problem credit and may impose additional regulatory
restrictions on our business.

         Although we believe that we have implemented systems and procedures to
facilitate compliance with the foregoing requirements, more restrictive laws,
rules and regulations may be adopted in the future that could make compliance
more difficult or expensive and hinder our ability to operate profitably and
repay the notes. See "Business -- Regulation."

Since the debt securities are unsecured and second in right of repayment to our
senior debt borrowed from institutional lenders, in the event of insolvency,
debt holders would be repaid only if funds remain after the repayment of our
senior debt.

         The debt securities offered by this prospectus will be subordinated, or
second in right of repayment, to our senior debt and debt of our subsidiaries.
As of June 30, 2000, there was $50.8 million of senior debt and subsidiary debt
outstanding. There is no limitation on the amount of senior debt we can incur.
Senior debt includes any indebtedness incurred in connection with our (including
our subsidiaries) borrowings from a bank, trust company, insurance company, or
from any other institutional lender. These borrowings do not have to be
specifically designated as "senior debt." If we were to become insolvent, our
senior debt would have to be paid in full prior to payment of debt securities in
our liquidation. In addition, any indebtedness of our subsidiaries, other than
the senior debt, will have rights upon liquidation or dissolution of the
particular subsidiary prior to payment being made to the holders of the debt
securities. There may not be adequate funds remaining to pay the principal and
interest on the debt securities. See "Description of the Debt Securities Offered
and the Indenture -- Provisions Relating to All Securities."

Since we do not set aside funds to repay the debt securities offered and you
must rely on our revenues from operations and other sources for repayment, if
our sources of repayment are not adequate, you could lose all or a part of your
investment.

         We do not contribute funds on a regular basis to a separate account,
commonly known as a sinking fund, to repay the debt securities upon maturity.
Because funds are not set aside periodically for the repayment of the debt
securities over their term, holders of the debt securities must rely on our
revenues from operations and other sources for repayment. To the extent revenues
from operations are not sufficient to repay the debt, holders may lose all or a
part of their investment. See "Description of the Debt Securities Offered and
the Indenture -- General."

                                       12
<PAGE>

Your ability to liquidate your investment is limited because of transfer
restrictions and the lack of a trading market.

         The debt securities sold under this prospectus may not be transferred
without our prior written consent. There is no established trading market for
the debt securities. Due to the non-transferable nature of the debt securities
and the lack of a market for the sale of the debt securities, even if we
permitted a transfer, investors would be unable to liquidate their investment.
See "Description of the Debt Securities Offered and the Indenture."

Since our management has broad discretion over how to use the proceeds from the
offering, they could use the proceeds in a manner contrary to the best interests
of investors.

         Since no specific allocation of the proceeds has been determined as of
the date of this Prospectus, our management will have broad discretion in
determining how the proceeds of the offering will be used. As a result,
management could use the funds in a manner contrary to the best interest of
investors. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risks Related to Our Business

Since we have historically experienced negative cash flows from our operations
and expect to do so in the foreseeable future, our ability to repay the
investment notes could be impaired.

         We have historically experienced negative cash flow from operations
since 1996 primarily because our strategy of selling loans through
securitization requires us to build an inventory of loans over time. During the
period we are building this inventory of loans, we incur costs and expenses. We
do not recognize a gain on the sale of loans until we complete a securitization,
which may not occur until a subsequent period. In addition, our gain on a
securitization results from our retained interests in the securitized loans,
consisting primarily of interest-only strips, which do not generate cash flow
immediately. We expect this negative cash flow from operations to continue in
the foreseeable future. Should we continue to experience negative cash flows
from operations, it could impair our ability to make principal and interest
payments due under the terms of the investor notes. At June 30, 2000, there was
$177.7 million of investment notes which will mature through June 30, 2001.

         We obtain the funds to repay the investment notes at their maturities
by securitizing our loans, selling whole loans and selling additional investment
notes. We may in the future generate cash flows by securitizing or selling
interest-only strips and selling servicing rights generated in past
securitizations. If we are unable in the future to securitize our loans, to sell
whole loans, or to realize cash flows from interest-only strips and servicing
rights generated in past securitizations, our ability to repay the investment
notes could be impaired. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

                                       13
<PAGE>

Our estimates of the value of interest-only strips and servicing rights we
retain when we securitize loans could be inaccurate and could result in reduced
profits and impair our ability to repay the notes.

         We generally retain interest-only strips and servicing rights in the
securitization transactions we complete. We estimate the fair value of the
interest-only strips and servicing rights based upon discount rates established
by management of our company and prepayment and default assumptions. Together,
these two assets represent 59.5% of our total assets at June 30, 2000. The value
of our interest-only strips totaled $277.9 million and the value of our
servicing rights totaled $74.9 million at June 30, 2000. Although we believe
that these amounts represent the fair value of these assets, the amounts were
estimated based on discounting the expected cash flows to be received in
connection with our securitizations using discount rates, established by us,
prepayment rates and default rate assumptions. Changes in market interest rates
may impact our discount rate assumptions and our actual prepayment and default
experience may vary materially from these estimates. Even a small unfavorable
change in these assumptions utilized could have a significant adverse impact on
the value of these assets. In the event of an unfavorable change in these
assumptions, the fair value of these assets would be overstated, requiring an
adjustment which would adversely affect our income in the period of adjustment
and impair our ability to repay the notes.

         During the year ended June 30, 2000, a write down of $12.6 million was
recorded on our interest-only strips. The write down included a charge of $11.2
million related to an increase from 11% to 13% in the discount rate used to
value our interest-only strips. This change in the discount rate was considered
a permanent fair value adjustment and was recorded as expense in fiscal 2000.
The write down also included a charge of $1.9 million for the impact of changes
in the one-month LIBOR which was deemed to be permanent. As a result of these
changes, we had a loss of $5.0 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000 and
reported net income of $6.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2000 as compared
to net income of $14.1 million for the year ended June 30, 1999. In addition, we
changed the prepayment assumptions used to value our interest-only strips and
servicing rights to reflect actual experience. The effect of these changes was a
$0.5 million increase in our interest-only strips which is netted in the $12.6
million write down above, and a $0.7 million write-down on the value of our
servicing rights. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations."

Since we depend upon the availability of financing to fund our continuing
operations, any failure to obtain adequate funding could hurt our profitability
and restrict our ability to repay the notes on maturity.

         For our ongoing operations, we depend upon frequent financings,
including the sale of unsecured subordinated debt securities and warehouse
credit facilities or lines of credit. If we are unable to renew or obtain
adequate funding under a warehouse credit facility, or other borrowings, the
lack of adequate funds would reduce our profitability and restrict our ability
to repay the notes upon maturity. To the extent that we are not successful in
maintaining or replacing existing subordinated debt securities upon maturity, we
may have to limit our loan originations or sell loans earlier than intended and
restructure our operations. Limiting our originations or earlier sales of loans
could reduce our profitability. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

                                       14
<PAGE>

Lending to credit-impaired borrowers may result in higher delinquencies in our
managed portfolio which could result in a reduction in profits and restrict our
ability to repay the notes.

         We market a significant portion of our loans to borrowers who are
either unable or unwilling to obtain financing from traditional sources, such as
commercial banks. Loans made to these borrowers may entail a higher risk of
delinquency and loss than loans made to borrowers who use traditional financing
sources. Historically, we have experienced a higher rate of delinquencies on
loans made to these credit-impaired borrowers as compared to delinquency rates
experienced by banks on loans to conforming borrowers. While we use underwriting
standards and collection procedures designed to mitigate the higher credit risk
associated with lending to these borrowers, our standards and procedures may not
offer adequate protection against risks of default. Higher than anticipated
delinquencies, foreclosures or losses in our sold and serviced loans, would
reduce our profits which could restrict our ability to repay the notes upon
maturity. See "Business -- Lending and Leasing Activities" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Our reliance upon the sale of our loans through securitization may result in
fluctuating operating results which could restrict our ability to repay the
notes when due.

         In recent periods, a significant portion of our revenue and net income
represented gain on the sale of loans and leases in securitization transactions.
Operating results for a given period can fluctuate significantly as a result of
the timing and size of securitizations. If we do not close securitizations when
expected, we could experience a loss for a period. In addition, we rely
primarily on securitizations to generate cash proceeds for the repayment of our
warehouse credit facilities and origination of additional loans.

         Our ability to complete securitizations depends on several factors,
including:

         o conditions in the securities markets generally including market
           interest rates;

         o conditions in the asset-backed securities markets specifically; and

         o the credit quality of our managed portfolio.

Any substantial impairment in the size or availability of the market for our
loans could result in our inability to continue to originate loans and repay the
investment notes upon maturity. See "Business --Securitizations" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Securitizations."

A change in market interest rates may result in a reduction in our profits and
impair our ability to repay the notes.

         Rapid changes, either upward or downward, in interest rates may
adversely affect our profits. Any future rise in interest rates may:

                                       15
<PAGE>

         o reduce customer demand for our products;

         o widen investor spread requirements and increase overcollateralization
           requirements in future securitizations;

         o increase our cost of funds;

         o reduce the spread between the rate of interest we receive on loans
           and interest rates we must pay under our outstanding credit
           facilities and debt securities;

         o reduce the profit we will realize in securitizations or other sales
           of loans; and

         o limit our access to borrowings in the capital markets.

         Gain on sale of loans may be unfavorably impacted to the extent that we
hold fixed rate mortgages prior to securitization and a change in rates reduces
the spread between the average coupon rate on fixed rate loans and the weighted
average pass-through rate to investors for interests issued in connection with
the securitization. Although the average loan coupon rate is fixed at the time
the loan is originated, the pass-through rate to investors is not fixed until
the pricing of the securitization which occurs just prior to the sale of the
loans. Therefore, if market rates required by investors increase prior to
securitization of the loans, the spread between the average coupon rate on the
loans and the pass-through rate to investors may be reduced or eliminated which
would reduce or eliminate our profit on the sale of the loans. Any reduction in
our profits could impair our ability to repay the notes upon maturity. In
addition, an increase in interest rates could increase interest costs on all
sources of borrowed funds and reduce spreads on securitized loans which could
negatively impact our liquidity and capital resources by reducing cash flows
which would decrease our profitability.

         Since a portion of the certificates issued to investors by
securitization trusts are floating rate certificates, the interest rates on
these certificates adjust based on an established index plus a spread. The fair
value of the excess cash flow we will receive from these trusts would be reduced
as a result of any increases in rates paid on the floating certificates. At June
30, 2000, $253.9 million of debt issued by securitization was floating rate debt
representing 13.8% of total debt issued by securitization trusts.

If we are not able to sustain the levels of growth in revenues and earnings that
we experienced in the past, our future profits may be reduced and our ability to
repay the notes may be impaired.

         During fiscal 2000, we experienced record levels of total revenue and
net income as a result of increases in loan and lease originations and the
securitization of loans and leases. Our ability to sustain the level of growth
in total revenue and net income experienced in the past depends upon a variety
of factors outside our control, including:

         o interest rates,

         o conditions in the asset-backed securities markets,

         o economic conditions in our primary market area,

         o competition, and

         o regulatory restrictions.

                                       16
<PAGE>

         Our ability to sustain the levels of growth experienced in the past
will become increasingly difficult in light of rising interest rates experienced
during fiscal 2000 as compared to a falling or stable interest rate environment.
If we are unable to sustain our levels of growth, our profits may be reduced and
our ability to repay the notes upon maturity impaired. See " -- A change in
market interest rates may result in a reduction in our profits and impair our
ability to repay the notes" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Decreasing market interest rates could reduce our profitability due to the
length of maturities of our outstanding subordinated debt which could impair our
ability to repay the notes.

         We are subject to risks associated with changes in interest rates to
the extent that we have issued fixed rate subordinated debt securities with
scheduled maturities of one to ten years. At June 30, 2000, we had $212.9
million of subordinated debt securities with scheduled maturities greater than
one year which is not subject to early redemption at our option. If market
interest rates decrease in the future, the rates paid on our long term
subordinated debt could exceed the current market rate paid for similar
instruments which could result in a reduction in our profitability which could
impair our ability to repay the notes. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Interest Rate Risk
Management."

If we are unable to continue to successfully implement our business strategy,
our revenues may decrease which could impair our ability to repay the notes.

         Our business strategy seeks to increase our loan volume through further
development of existing markets while maintaining our customary origination
fees, the spread between loan interest rates and the interest rates we pay for
capital and underwriting criteria. Implementation of this strategy will depend
in large part on our ability to:

         o open or expand offices in markets with a sufficient concentration of
           borrowers who meet our underwriting criteria;

         o obtain adequate financing on favorable terms;

         o profitably securitize our loans in the secondary market on a regular
           basis;

         o hire, train and retain skilled employees;

         o successfully implement our marketing campaigns; and

         o continue to expand in the face of increasing competition from other
           lenders.

Our inability to achieve any or all of these factors could impair our ability to
implement our business strategy and successfully leverage our fixed costs which
could result in a reduction in our revenues and impair our ability to repay the
notes. See "Business -- Lending and Leasing Activities."

                                       17
<PAGE>

If loan prepayment rates are higher than anticipated, our profits could be
reduced and our ability to repay the notes impaired.

         A significant decline in market interest rates could increase the level
of loan prepayments, which would decrease the size of the total managed loan
portfolio and the related projected cash flows. Higher than anticipated rates of
loan prepayments could require a write down of the fair value of the related
interest-only strips and servicing rights, adversely impacting earnings during
the period of adjustment which would result in a reduction in our profitability
and limit our ability to repay the notes upon maturity. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

A decline in real estate values could result in a reduction in originations
which could reduce our revenues and our ability to repay the notes impaired.

         Our business may be adversely affected by declining real estate values.
Any significant decline in real estate values reduces the ability of borrowers
to use home equity as collateral for borrowings. This reduction in real estate
values may reduce the number of loans we are able to make, which will reduce the
gain on sale of loans and servicing and origination fees we will collect which
could reduce our revenues and limit our ability to repay the notes upon
maturity. See "Business -- Lending and Leasing Activities" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

A decline in value of the collateral securing our loans could result in an
increase in losses on foreclosure which could reduce our profitability and limit
our ability to repay the notes.

         Declining real estate values will also increase the loan-to-value
ratios of loans we previously made, which in turn, increases the probability of
a loss in the event the borrower defaults and we have to sell the mortgaged
property. In addition, delinquencies and foreclosures generally increase during
economic slowdowns or recessions. As a result, the market value of the real
estate or other collateral underlying our loans may not, at any given time, be
sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal amount of the loans which could
reduce our profitability and limit our ability to repay the notes. See
"Business--Lending and Leasing Activities" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

If we experience losses in the value of our leased equipment securing the leases
we hold, our profitability may be reduced and our ability to repay the notes
impaired.

         The equipment which secures the leases we hold is subject to the risk
of damage, destruction or obsolescence prior to the termination of the lease. In
the case of our fair market value leases, lessees may choose not to exercise
their option to purchase the equipment for its fair market value at the
termination of the lease. When this happens, we may have to sell the equipment
to third party buyers at a discount which may result in reduced profitability
and impair our ability to repay the notes. See "Business -- Lending and Leasing
Activities."

                                       18
<PAGE>

If we are unable to implement an effective hedging strategy, our net income may
be reduced which would reduce the funds available to repay the notes.

         We have implemented a hedging strategy in an attempt to mitigate the
effect of changes in interest rates on our fixed rate mortgage loans prior to
securitization that involves the use of derivative financial instruments such as
futures, interest rate swaps and forward pricing of securitizations. An
effective hedging strategy is complex and no strategy can completely insulate us
from interest rate risk. In fact, poorly designed strategies or improperly
executed transactions may increase rather than mitigate interest rate risk.
Hedging involves transaction and other costs, and these costs could increase as
the period covered by the hedging protection increases or in periods of rising
and fluctuating interest rates. In addition, this interest rate hedging strategy
may not be effective against the risk that the difference between the treasury
rate and the rate needed to attract potential buyers of asset backed securities
may widen. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Interest Rate Risk Management."

Competition from other lenders could adversely affect our profitability and our
ability to repay the notes.

         The lending markets that we compete in are highly competitive. Some
competing lenders have substantially greater resources, greater experience,
lower cost of funds, and a more established market presence than we have. If our
competitors increase their marketing efforts to include our market niche of
borrowers, we may be forced to reduce the rates and fees we currently charge in
order to maintain and expand our market share. Any reduction in our rates or
fees could have an adverse impact on our profitability and our ability to repay
the notes. Our profitability and the profitability of other similar lenders may
attract additional competitors into this market. See "Business -- Competition."

An economic downturn in the eastern half of the United States could result in
reduced profitability which would reduce the funds available to repay the notes.

         We currently originate loans primarily in the eastern half of the
United States. The concentration of loans in a specific geographic region
subjects us to the risk that a downturn in the economy in the eastern half of
the country would more greatly affect us than if our lending business were more
geographically diversified. As a result, an economic downturn in this region
could result in reduced profitability which would reduce the funds available to
repay the notes. See "Business -- Lending and Leasing Activities" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."

Our securitization agreements require us to retain some risk on loans that do
not meet the requirements in these agreements which could result in a reduction
in profitability which would reduce the funds available to repay the notes.

         Although we sell substantially all of the loans we originate through
securitizations, all of the securitization agreements require that we replace or
repurchase loans which do not conform to the representations and warranties made

                                       19
<PAGE>
by us at the time of sale. Additionally, when borrowers are delinquent in making
monthly payments on loans included in a securitization trust, we are required to
advance interest payments for the delinquent loans if we deem that the advances
will be ultimately recoverable. These advances require funding from our capital
resources but have priority of repayment from the succeeding month's
collections. See "Business -- Securitizations."

Claims by borrowers or investors could result in reduced profitability which
would reduce the funds available to repay the notes.

         In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to claims made
against us by borrowers and private investors arising from, among other things:

         o losses that are claimed to have been incurred as a result of alleged
           breaches of fiduciary obligations, misrepresentation, error and
           omission by our employees, officers and agents (including our
           appraisers);

         o incomplete documentation; and

         o failure to comply with various laws and regulations applicable to our
           business.

         Although no material claims or legal actions are currently assessed
against us, any claims asserted in the future may result in legal expenses,
liability, and reduced profitability. See "Business--Legal Proceedings."

We depend on the services of key people, and the loss of any of these people
could disrupt our operations and result in reduced profitability which could
reduce the funds available to repay the notes.

         The success of our operations depends on the continued employment of
our senior level management. If key members of the senior level management were
for some reason unable to perform their duties or were to leave us for any
reason, we may not be able to find capable replacements which could disrupt
operations and result in reduced profitability. Any reduction in revenues could
reduce the funds available to repay the notes. See "Management."

Environmental laws and regulations may restrict our ability to foreclose on
loans secured by real estate or increase costs associated with those loans which
could reduce our profitability and the funds available to repay the notes.

         Our ability to foreclose on the real estate collateralizing our loans
may be limited by environmental laws which pertain primarily to commercial
properties that require a current or previous owner or operator of real property
to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases
on the property. In addition, the owner or operator may be held liable to a
governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury,
investigation and cleanup costs relating to the contaminated property. While we
would not knowingly make a loan collateralized by real property that was
contaminated, it is possible that the environmental contamination would not be
discovered until after we had made the loan.

                                       20
<PAGE>

         To date there have been three instances where we have determined not to
foreclose on the real estate collateralizing a delinquent loan because of
environmental considerations. Any losses we may sustain on these three loans
will not have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

         In addition to federal or state regulations, the owner or former owners
of a contaminated site may be subject to common law claims by third parties
based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating
from the property. See "Business--Loan and Lease Servicing."

                           FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

         Some of the information in this prospectus or the documents
incorporated by reference in this prospectus may contain forward-looking
statements. You can identify these statements by words or phrases such as "will
likely result," "may," "are expected to," "will continue to," "is anticipated,"
"estimate," "projected," "intends to" or other similar words. These
forward-looking statements regarding our business and prospects are based upon
numerous assumptions about future conditions, which may ultimately prove to be
inaccurate. Actual events and results may materially differ from anticipated
results described in those statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks
and uncertainties described under "Risk Factors" as well as other portions of
the prospectus, which could cause our actual results to differ materially from
historical earnings and those presently anticipated. When considering
forward-looking statements, you should keep these risk factors in mind as well
as the other cautionary statements in this prospectus. You should not place
undue reliance on any forward-looking statement.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         We estimate that the net proceeds resulting from the sale of the debt
securities will be approximately $342.1 million net of estimated offering
expenses if we sell all of the securities we are offering through this
prospectus. We may use approximately $140.0 million to $160.0 million of the
proceeds to repay maturing notes with maturities of 1 day to 10 years and
interest rates ranging from 6.15% to 12.90%. A portion of the indebtedness to be
repaid was issued within one year and was used for the general corporate
purposes described below. The remainder of the proceeds will be used for general
corporate purposes including, but not limited to:

         o financing the future growth of our loan portfolios and capital
           expenditures;

         o the repayment of warehouse credit facilities and lines of credit;

         o funding our overcollateralization requirements in connection with
           securitizations;

         o paying interest and operating expenses;

         o possible future acquisitions of related businesses or assets,
           although none are currently contemplated;

         o repurchasing our common stock; and

         o general operating activities.

                                       21
<PAGE>

         In addition, the precise amounts and timing of the application of such
proceeds depends upon many factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of
any such proceeds, actual funding requirements and the availability of other
sources of funding. Until the proceeds are used, we may invest the proceeds,
depending on our cash flow requirements, in short and long-term investments,
including, but not limited to:

         o treasury bills,

         o commercial paper,

         o certificates of deposit,

         o securities issued by U.S. government agencies,

         o money market funds; and

         o repurchase agreements.

Our investment policies permit significant flexibility as to the types of such
investments that we may make. We may also maintain daily unsettled balances with
broker-dealers. We are reviewing our strategic options with respect to growth
through acquisitions and otherwise. Our initiative may include consideration of,
and discussions with, potential target institutions from time to time, which may
include mortgage companies, leasing companies, banks and thrifts. As of the date
of this prospectus, we had no commitments or agreements with respect to any
material acquisitions.

                                       22

<PAGE>


          DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBT SECURITIES OFFERED AND THE INDENTURE

General

         The debt securities represent our unsecured debt obligations. In
connection with this offering of debt securities, we have entered into an
agreement, called an indenture, with U.S. Bank Trust National Association, a
national banking association. The terms of the debt securities include those
stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, in effect on the date the indenture is qualified
under that act. The debt securities are subject to all terms and conditions of
the indenture and Trust Indenture Act. We refer you to the indenture and the
Trust Indenture Act for a complete understanding of the debt securities. The
following includes a summary of some provisions of the indenture, and a copy of
the indenture is available from us upon request. This summary does not purport
to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the indenture,
including the definitions in the indenture of some of the terms used below.

         The debt securities will be subordinated in right of payment to, or
subordinate to, the prior payment in full of all senior debt further described
in our prospectus, whether outstanding on the date of the indenture or incurred
following the date of the indenture. There is no limit on the amount of senior
debt we may incur. The stock we hold in our subsidiaries, as well as any of our
other assets, is available to repay the debt securities in the event of default.
In the event of our default and liquidation of our subsidiaries to repay the
noteholders, we must pay or make provisions for the payment of creditors of the
subsidiaries from the assets of the subsidiaries before the remaining assets of
the subsidiaries can be used to repay the holders of the debt securities. See
"-- Provisions Relating to All Securities -- Subordination."

         The debt securities are not secured by any collateral or lien. The debt
securities do not contain provisions for a sinking fund or similar fund
providing for payments on the debt securities. See "Risk Factors -- Since we do
not set aside funds to repay the debt securities offered and you must rely on
our revenues from operations and other sources for repayment, if our sources of
repayment are not adequate, you could lose all or a part of your investment."

         Debt securities may be purchased in the minimum amount of $1,000 or any
amount in excess of $1,000. You may not cumulate separate purchases to satisfy
the minimum denomination requirement.

Provisions Relating to Investment Notes

         Maturity. We are offering investment notes with terms ranging from 3 to
120 months. You will select the term of each investment note upon your order.

         Book Entry. Upon acceptance of an order, we will credit our book-entry
registration and transfer system to the account of the purchaser of the
investment note, the principal amount of such security owned of record by such
purchaser, which record holder is referred to as the holder or registered holder
in this document and in the indenture. Also upon acceptance of an order, we will
send each holder a transaction statement which will indicate our acceptance of
the order.


                                       23

<PAGE>

         The holders of investment notes issued in a book-entry form will not
receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of a note or certificate
evidencing such indebtedness. The holders of the accounts we establish upon the
purchase or transfer of investment notes shall be deemed to be the owners of the
investment notes under the indenture. The holder of the investment notes must
rely upon the procedures established by the trustee to exercise any rights of a
holder of investment notes under the indenture. We will provide the trustee with
information regarding the establishment of new accounts and the transfer of
existing accounts on a quarterly basis.

         We will provide the trustee with information, as requested, regarding
the total amount of any principal and/or interest due to holders with regard to
the investment notes on any interest payment date or upon redemption. On each
interest payment date, we will credit interest due on each account. We will
determine the interest payments to be made to the book-entry accounts and
maintain, supervise and review any records relating to book-entry beneficial
interests in the notes.

         Book-entry notations in the accounts evidencing ownership of the
investment notes are exchangeable for actual notes in denominations of $1,000
and any amount in excess of $1,000 and are fully registered in those names as we
direct only if:

         o        we, at our option, advise the trustee in writing of its
                  election to terminate the book-entry system, or

         o        after the occurrence of an event of default under the
                  indenture, holders of the investment notes aggregating more
                  than 50% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the investment
                  notes advise the trustee in writing that the continuation of a
                  book-entry system is no longer in the best interests of the
                  holders of investment notes and the trustee notifies all
                  registered holders of these securities, of the occurrence of
                  any such event and the availability of definitive notes to
                  holders of these securities requesting such notes.

         Subject to the exceptions described above, the book-entry interests in
these securities shall not otherwise be exchangeable for fully registered notes.

         Interest. The interest rate payable on an investment note will be
determined based upon the maturity date and term established for the investment
note at the time of order. Prevailing rates will be set forth in a supplement to
this prospectus. We will establish the interest rates payable on the investment
notes from time to time based on market conditions and our financial
requirements. We constantly re-evaluate our interest rates based upon this
analysis. Once determined, the rate of interest payable on an investment note
will remain fixed for the original term of the investment note.

         We will compute interest on investment notes on the basis of an actual
calendar year and interest will compound daily. We will pay interest on
investment notes with terms of less than twelve months at maturity. Holders of
investment notes with terms of twelve months or greater


                                       24

<PAGE>


may elect to have interest paid monthly, quarterly, semiannually, annually or at
maturity. This election may be changed one time by the holder during the term of
these longer term investment notes. Holders must request to change the election
in writing to us. No specific change in election form is required. Any interest
not otherwise paid on an interest payment date will be paid at maturity.

         We reserve the right to vary from time to time, at our discretion, the
interest rates we offer on the investment notes based on numerous factors other
than length of term to maturity. These factors may include, but are not limited
to: the desire to attract new investors; investment notes in excess of specified
principal amounts; investment notes purchased for IRA and/or Keogh accounts;
rollover investments; and investment notes beneficially owned by persons
residing in particular geographic localities. We may make a decision to vary
interest rates in the future based on our fundraising objectives including, but
not limited to, the attraction of new investors in particular regions, the
encouragement of the rollover of investment notes by current holders,
circumstances in the financial markets and the economy, additional costs which
we may incur in selling investment notes in a particular jurisdiction which may
at the time be relevant to our operations and other factors.

         Automatic Extension.  The term of the investment note will
automatically extend for a term identical to the term of the original investment
note unless:

         o        We notify the holder at least seven days prior to the maturity
                  date of our intention not to extend the investment note; or

         o        The holder elects to redeem the investment note within seven
                  days after the maturity date.

         Until either we or the holder terminate or redeem the investment notes,
they will continue to renew in this manner. Each renewed investment note will
continue in all its provisions, including provisions relating to payment, except
that the interest rate payable during any renewed term will be the interest rate
which is then being offered on similar investment notes being offered as of the
renewal date. If similar investment notes are not being offered, the interest
rate upon renewal will be the rate specified by us on or before the maturity
date, or the investment note's then current rate if no rate is specified. If we
notify the holder of our intention to repay an investment note at maturity, no
interest will accrue after the date of maturity. Otherwise, if a holder requests
repayment within seven days after its maturity date, we will pay interest during
the period after its maturity date and prior to repayment at the lower of:

         o        the lowest interest rate then being paid on the investment
                  notes we offer to the general public; or

         o        the rate we pay on the investment note immediately prior to
                  its maturity.

As a courtesy, we provide a request for repayment form with the notice. Use of
the form by a holder is not a condition of repayment. Holder may also request
repayment by writing to us.

                                       25

<PAGE>


         Optional Renewal Programs. From time to time, we may offer, in our sole
discretion, some investment note holders the ability to extend the maturity of
an existing investment note. This extension option if and when offered will not
be subject to the 90 day notice of redemption described in this prospectus. If
the holder elects to extend the investment note, we will issue a new note in
accordance with the terms and interest rate prevailing at the extension date.

         Place and Method of Payment. We will pay principal and interest on the
investment notes at our principal executive office or at another place that we
designate for that purpose. However, we may choose to make payments by check or
draft mailed to the persons entitled to the payments at their addresses
appearing in the register which we maintain for that purpose.

         Redemption by Us. We have the right to redeem any investment note at
any time, prior to its stated maturity, upon 90 days written notice to the
holder of the note. The holder has no right to require us to prepay any
investment note prior to its maturity date as originally stated or as it may be
extended, except as indicated below.

         Redemption by the Holder upon Death or Total Permanent Disability.
Investment notes with remaining maturities of one year or greater may be
redeemed at the election of the holder, who is a natural person, following
his/her total permanent disability, as established to our satisfaction, or by
his/her estate following his/her death. The redemption price, in the event of
such a death or disability, will be the principal amount of the investment note,
plus interest accrued and not previously paid, to the date of redemption. If
spouses are joint registered holders of an investment note, the election to
redeem will apply when either registered holder dies or becomes subject to a
total permanent disability. In other cases of investment notes jointly held by
persons who are not legally married, the election to redeem upon the death of
one joint holder will not apply. If the investment note is held by a person who
is not a natural person such as a trust, partnership, corporation or other
similar entity, the redemption upon death or disability does not apply.

         We may modify the foregoing policy on redemption after death or
disability in the future. However, no modification will affect the right of
redemption applicable to any outstanding investment note.

         For the purpose of determining the right of a holder to demand early
repayment of an investment note, total permanent disability means a
determination by a physician chosen by us that the holder, who was gainfully
employed on a full time basis at the time of purchase, is unable to work on a
full time basis, at least forty hours per week, during the succeeding
twenty-four months.

         Quarterly Statements. We will provide holders of the investment notes
with quarterly statements, which will indicate, among other things, the current
account balance (including interest paid). These statements will be mailed not
later than the tenth business day following the end of each calendar quarter.

                                       26


<PAGE>


Provisions Relating to Money Market Notes

         Maturity. The money market notes have no stated maturity and are
redeemable at any time in minimum amounts of $500 (or a lesser amount available
to close an account) at the option of the holder. See "-- Redemptions by the
Holder of Money Market Notes."

         Book-Entry System. Upon acceptance of an order, we will credit our
book-entry registration and transfer system, the principal amount of the money
market notes owned of record by that purchaser to the account of the purchaser
of the money market note which record holder is referred to as the holder or
registered holder in this document and in the indenture. Upon acceptance of the
purchaser's order, we will send each purchaser a transaction statement which
will indicate our acceptance of the order. The laws of some jurisdictions
require that purchasers of securities take physical delivery of those securities
in definitive form. These legal requirements may impair the holder's ability to
transfer the record ownership of the money market notes.

         The registered holders of money market notes issued in a book-entry
only form will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of a note
or certificate. The registered holders of the accounts we establish upon the
purchase or transfer of money market notes will be deemed to be the owners of
the money market notes under the indenture. Each person holding a book-entry
interest in the money market notes must rely upon the procedures established by
the trustee to exercise any rights of a holder of the money market notes under
the indenture. We will provide the trustee with information regarding the
establishment of new accounts and the transfer of existing accounts on a
quarterly basis.

         We will make the information regarding the total amount of any
principal and/or interest, which we will pay in the form of additional
securities, due to registered holders with regard to the money market notes on
any interest payment date or upon redemption available to the trustee upon the
trustee's request. On each interest payment date, we will credit each account,
the interest due. We will determine the interest payments to be made to the
book-entry accounts and will maintain, supervise and review any records relating
to book-entry beneficial interests in money market notes.

         Book-entry interests in the accounts evidencing ownership of the money
market notes are exchangeable for actual notes in denominations of $1,000 and
any amount in excess of $1,000 and are fully registered in the names of the
accounts as we direct only if:

         o        we, at our option, advise the trustee in writing of our
                  election to terminate the book-entry system, or

         o        after the occurrence of an event of default under the
                  indenture, holders of the money market notes aggregating more
                  than 50% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the money
                  market notes advise the trustee in writing that the
                  continuation of a book-entry system is no longer in the best
                  interests of the holders of money market notes and the trustee
                  notifies all registered holders of the


                                       27

<PAGE>



                  money market notes, of the occurrence of any such event and
                  the availability of definitive notes to holders of these
                  securities requesting the notes.

         The book-entry interests in the money market notes are not otherwise be
exchangeable for fully registered notes.

         Interest. We will adjust the interest rates payable on the money market
notes from time to time in our sole discretion provided that the rate will not
be less than 4.0% per year. We will provide written notice to all holders of the
money market notes at least 14 days prior to any decrease in the interest rate.
The notice will set forth the new interest rate to be paid and the effective
date of the change. We reserve the right to increase the interest rate paid on
the money market notes at any time without prior notice to the holders of the
money market notes. Investors may inquire about the current interest rate on the
outstanding money market notes by calling us at (800) 776-4001.

         Interest on each account with a balance of at least $1,000 accrues
daily and is credited monthly on the last day of each calendar month. Interest
accrued during each monthly period will not be paid by check but will be added
to the note holder's principal balance of the account in the form of additional
securities. Interest will continue to accrue on the principal balance of each
security through the date of redemption. If a holder redeems the security in
full, the principal balance of the account (including accrued interest) will be
paid by check as soon as practicable. No interest shall be paid for any day the
principal amount in any account is less than $1,000.

         Subject to the limitations set forth in this prospectus, we may vary,
at our discretion, the interest rates we offer on the money market notes based
on numerous factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to: the
desire to attract new investors; money market notes in excess of specified
principal amounts; money market notes purchased for IRA and/or Keogh accounts;
rollover investments; and money market notes beneficially owned by persons
residing in particular geographic localities. As of the date of this prospectus,
we are not offering money market notes at varying rates to different investors.
However, we may make a decision to vary interest rates in the future based on
our fundraising objectives including, but not limited to, the attraction of new
investors in particular regions, circumstances in the financial markets and the
economy, any additional costs which may be incurred by us in selling money
market notes in a particular jurisdiction which may at the time be relevant to
our operations and other factors.

         Redemption by the Holder of Money Market Notes. The holder of the money
market notes may redeem the security at any time in minimum amounts of $500 (or
any amount to close an account) upon not less than 10 business days written
notice to us or pursuant to the draft procedure described below.

         To the extent a holder of the money market notes redeems the money
market notes and purchases new ones, the redemptions are treated as being made
on a first-in, first-out basis.

         In addition, subject to any established minimum redemption amount, a
holder of money market notes may make redemptions by draft, which is similar to
a check, made payable to the

                                       28


<PAGE>


order of any payee. At the request of a holder, we will provide drafts drawn on
us that will be payable through our designated bank. All authorized signers on a
money market note must submit specimen signatures to us and must agree to abide
by our rules and regulations pertaining to money market notes. Some banks may
not provide cash at the time of deposit of a draft, but will wait until they
have received payment from our designated bank. When a draft is presented to the
bank for payment, the bank, as agent of the holder, will cause us to redeem a
sufficient amount from the holder's money market note to cover the amount of the
draft. If a holder of more than one money market note wishes to redeem less than
all of that holder's money market notes, then the holder must direct as to which
of the holder's money market notes to redeem in whole or in part. Interest
continues to accrue on the amount of a money market note covered by a draft
until the draft is presented to our bank for payment. The bank will return a
draft if the amount of collected funds in the holder's money market notes is
insufficient to cover the draft or if the signature(s) on the draft is (are)
not, in our judgment, the same as the specimen signature(s) previously submitted
to us. We reserve the right to charge a fee for insufficient funds, the dishonor
of a draft, a stop payment order, account research and other services.

         If checks are lost, stolen or otherwise held or used by an unauthorized
individual, the rightful holder of the money market note checks must notify us
within 24 hours; otherwise we will not be responsible for any misappropriation
of the underlying funds.

         In our sole discretion, check writing capabilities may be deferred for
up to 30 days from the date of opening an account. In such event, the money
market notes may be redeemed upon 10 business days written notice to us.

         Neither we nor our bank will return canceled drafts to the holders of
money market notes, although we will provide the holders with copies of drafts
upon request and payment of a service charge. Holders of money market notes will
receive statements as described under "--Monthly Statements," which will reflect
draft transactions.

         We will charge holders a service fee for each draft presented in excess
of three drafts during any statement period. We may increase our service charge
by providing 30 days' prior written notice to each holder of a money market
note.

         Redemption by Us. We have the right to redeem a money market note at
any time upon 30 days written notice to the holder of the note.

         Place and Method of Payment Upon Redemption. We will make payments upon
the redemption of the money market notes at our principal executive office, or
at another place that we may designate for that purpose. However, we may, at our
option, make payments by check or draft mailed to the persons entitled to the
payments at their addresses appearing in the register which we maintain for that
purpose.

         Monthly Statements. We will provide holders of the money market notes
with monthly statements which will indicate, among other things, the current
account balance (including interest credited and withdrawals made, if any) and
the interest rate paid on those money market notes as of the month end preceding
the issuance of the statement. The statements will be mailed


                                       29

<PAGE>


not later than the tenth business day following the end of each month. We will
provide additional statements as the holders of these securities may reasonably
request from time to time. We may require holders requesting additional
statements to pay all charges incurred by us in providing the additional
statements.

Provisions Relating to All Securities

         Form and Denominations/Transfers. The debt securities are not
negotiable debt instruments and, subject to some exceptions, will be issued only
in book-entry form. Upon the submission of an order, we will issue a transaction
statement reflecting the ownership of a debt security to each purchaser upon our
acceptance of the order. The transaction statement is not a negotiable
instrument, and purchasers cannot transfer record ownership without our prior
written consent. Each holder of a debt security will receive a periodic
statement indicating any transactions in the holder's account, as well as
interest credited. Owners may transfer ownership of the debt securities on our
register only by written notice to us signed by the owners or the owners' duly
authorized representatives on a form we supply and with our written consent
(which we will not unreasonably withhold). We may also, in our discretion,
require an opinion from the holder's counsel that the proposed transfer will not
violate any applicable securities laws and/or a signature guarantee in
connection with the transfer. Upon transfer of a debt security, we will provide
the new owner of the security with a transaction statement which will evidence
the transfer of the account on our records.

         Interest Accrual Date. Interest on the debt securities will accrue from
the date of purchase. The date of purchase will be for accepted orders, the date
we receive funds, if the funds are received prior to 3:00 p.m. on a business
day, or the next business day if the funds are received on a non-business day or
after 3:00 p.m. on a business day. For this purpose, our business days are
Monday through Friday, except for legal holidays in the State of Delaware.

         Right of Set-off In Circumstances Described in this Section. Subject to
the provisions of applicable law, if the holder of an investment note or a money
market note is a borrower or guarantor on a loan, lease or other obligation
owned by one of our direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, and that
obligation becomes delinquent or otherwise in default, we may have the right to
set-off principal and interest payments due on the investment note or money
market note against all sums due by the holder to our subsidiary or affiliate
pursuant to the set-off terms contained in the loan, lease, other indebtedness
or the guarantee. If we elect to exercise our right of set-off, the investment
note or money market note will automatically be deemed redeemed as of the date
of set-off without regard to any notice period otherwise applicable to any
redemption by us.

         Subordination. The indebtedness evidenced by the debt securities, and
any interest, are subordinated to all of our senior debt. The term senior debt
is defined for this purpose to include any indebtedness (whether outstanding on
the date of this prospectus or created later) incurred by us in connection with
borrowings by us (including our subsidiaries) from a bank, trust company,
insurance company, or from any other institutional lender, whether the
indebtedness is or is not specifically designated by us as being "senior debt"
in its defining instruments. The debt securities are not guaranteed by any of
our subsidiaries. Accordingly, in the event of a

                                       30


<PAGE>



liquidation or dissolution of one of our subsidiaries, the law requires that we
pay or make provisions for payment of the creditors of that subsidiary from the
assets of that subsidiary prior to distributing any remaining assets to us as a
shareholder of that subsidiary. Therefore, in the event of liquidation or
dissolution of a subsidiary, creditors of that subsidiary will receive payment
of their claims prior to any payment to the holders of the debt securities. As
of June 30, 2000, $50.8 million of senior debt and subsidiary debt were
outstanding. The provisions of indenture do not limit the amount of senior debt
or subsidiary debt we can incur. Any of our indebtedness, other than that
described as senior debt and the debt of the subsidiaries, will have rights upon
liquidation or dissolution of us which ranks equally in right of payment to the
debt securities being offered. As of June 30, 2000 we had $390.7 million of debt
outstanding, which ranks equally in right of payment to the debt securities
offered.


         For a discussion of the lack of insurance or guarantees to support the
repayment of the debt securities, see "Risk Factors -- Because our business
operations are generally not subject to regulation and examination by federal
banking regulators, these protections are not available to protect purchasers of
our debt securities."

         In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or any other winding up of
us, or of any receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment, reorganization
or similar proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable
federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or during the
continuation of any event of default (as described below), no payment may be
made on the notes until all senior debt has been paid. If any of the above
events occurs, holders of senior debt may also submit claims on behalf of
holders of the notes and retain the proceeds for their own benefit until they
have been fully paid, and any excess will be turned over to the holders of the
debt securities. If any distribution is nonetheless made to holders of the debt
securities, the money or property distributed to them must be paid over to the
holders of the senior debt to the extent necessary to pay senior debt in full.
See "Risk Factors -- Since the debt securities are unsecured and second in right
of repayment to our senior debt borrowed from institutional lenders, in the
event of insolvency, debt holders would be repaid only if funds remain after the
repayment of our senior debt."

         Events of Default.  The indenture provides that each of the following
constitutes an event of default:

         o        default for 30 days in the payment of interest when due on the
                  debt securities (whether or not prohibited by the
                  subordination provisions of the indenture);

         o        default in payment of principal when due on the debt
                  securities (whether or not prohibited by the subordination
                  provisions of the indenture) and continuation of the default
                  for 30 days;

         o        our failure to observe or perform any covenant, condition or
                  agreement with respect to the liquidation, consolidation or
                  merger or other disposition of substantially all of our assets
                  (after notice and provided such default is not cured within 60
                  days after receipt of notice);


                                       31


<PAGE>


         o        our failure for 60 days after notice to comply with other
                  agreements described in the indenture or the debt securities;
                  and

         o        specific events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to
                  us.

         If any event of default occurs and continues, the trustee or the
holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes
may declare the unpaid principal of and any accrued interest on the debt
securities to be due and payable immediately. However, so long as we have any
outstanding senior debt, a declaration of this kind will not become effective
until the earlier of:

         o        the day which is five business days after the receipt by
                  representatives of senior debt of such written notice of
                  acceleration or

         o        the date of acceleration of any senior debt.

         In the case of an event of default arising from specific events of
bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to us, all outstanding debt securities
will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the
notes may not enforce the indenture or the debt securities except as provided in
the indenture. Subject to these limitations, holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding notes may direct the trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power. The trustee may withhold from holders of the notes notice of
any continuing default or event of default (except a default or event of default
relating to the payment of principal or interest) if the trustee determines that
withholding notice is in the interest of the holders.

         The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the debt
securities then outstanding, by notice to the trustee, may, on behalf of the
holders of all of the notes, waive any existing default or event of default and
its consequences under the indenture, except a continuing default or event of
default in the payment of interest on or the principal of the notes.

         We are required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the indenture, and we are required upon becoming aware
of any default or event of default, to deliver to the trustee a statement
specifying such default or event of default.

         Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Except as provided in this
prospectus, we may amend or supplement the indenture or the terms of the debt
securities may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the debt securities then outstanding.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes, may
waive any existing default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or
the debt securities.

         Without the consent of each holder of the investment notes affected, an
amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any investment notes held by a
nonconsenting holder of investment notes):

                                       32


<PAGE>


         o        reduce the principal amount of any investment note whose
                  holder must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

         o        reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any
                  security or alter the redemption provisions or the price at
                  which we shall offer to repurchase the investment note;

         o        reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
                  including default interest, on any investment note;

         o        waive a default or event of default in the payment of
                  interest, principal or premium, if any, or redemption payment
                  with respect to the investment notes (except a rescission of
                  acceleration of the investment notes by the holders of at
                  least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
                  investment notes and a waiver of the payment default that
                  resulted from such acceleration);

         o        make any investment note payable in money other than that
                  stated in the investment notes;

         o        make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to
                  waivers of past defaults or the rights of holders of
                  investment notes to receive payments of principal or interest
                  on the investment notes;

         o        make any change to the subordination provisions of the
                  indenture that adversely affects holders of investment notes;

         o        modify or eliminate holders' redemption rights (provided that
                  no modification or elimination is permitted as to any
                  securities issued with such right); or

         o        make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver
                  provisions.

         Without the consent of each holder of the money market notes affected,
an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any money market notes held by a
nonconsenting holder of money market notes):

         o        reduce the principal amount of money market notes whose
                  holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver
                  (other than as a result of withdrawals made by the holder of
                  the note);

         o        reduce the principal of any money market note (other than as a
                  result of withdrawals made by the holder of the note) or alter
                  the redemption provisions of the money market note or the
                  price at which we shall offer to repurchase the money market
                  note;

         o        reduce the rate of interest on the money market notes, other
                  than the rate adjustments provided for pursuant to the terms
                  of the money market notes or

                                       33


<PAGE>

                  change the time for payment of interest, including default
                  interest, on any money market note;

         o        waive a default or event of default in the payment of
                  interest, principal or premium, if any, or redemption payment
                  with respect to the money market notes (except a rescission of
                  acceleration of the money market notes by the holders of at
                  least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the money
                  market notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted
                  from such acceleration);

         o        make any money market note payable in money other than that
                  stated in the money market notes;

         o        make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to
                  waivers of past defaults or the rights of holders of money
                  market notes to receive payments of principal or interest on
                  the money market notes;

         o        make any change to the subordination provisions of the
                  indenture that adversely affects holders of money market
                  notes;

         o        modify or eliminate redemption right of holders of the money
                  market notes; or

         o        make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver
                  provisions.

         However, without the consent of any holder of the debt securities, we
and/or the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the debt securities:

         o        to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; to provide for
                  assumption of our obligations to holders of the debt
                  securities in the case of a merger or consolidation;

         o        to provide for additional certificates or certificated
                  securities;

         o        to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
                  benefits to the holders of the notes or that does not
                  adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any
                  such holder, including an increase in the aggregate dollar
                  amount of debt securities which may be outstanding under the
                  indenture;

         o        to modify our policy to permit redemptions of the investment
                  notes upon the death or total permanent disability of any
                  holder of the investment notes (but such modification shall
                  not adversely affect any then outstanding security); or

         o        to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
                  maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust
                  Indenture Act.

         The Trustee. The indenture imposes restrictions on the trustee, should
it become one of our creditors, regarding payments of claims, property received
and proceeds on the sale of


                                       34

<PAGE>


property received as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to
engage in other transactions with us.

         Subject to exceptions described in the indenture, the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding debt securities will have
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the trustee. The indenture provides that in
case an event of default specified in the indenture occurs and is not cured, the
trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of
care of a reasonable person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to those
provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its
rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any holder of notes,
unless the holder has offered the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to
it against any loss, liability or expense.

         Reports to Trustee. We will provide the trustee with quarterly reports
which will contain the information reasonably requested by the trustee. These
quarterly reports will include information regarding the outstanding balance,
interest credited, withdrawals made and interest rate paid related to each
account we maintain during the preceding quarterly period.

         No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of
ours, will have any liability for any obligations of ours under the notes, the
indenture or for any claim based on, in respect to, or by reason of, these
obligations or their creation. Each holder of the debt securities waives and
releases these persons from any liability. The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for issuance of the debt securities. We have been advised that
the waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws and that the SEC views these waivers as against public policy.

         Service Charges. We reserve the right to assess service charges for
replacing lost or stolen investment notes (for which an affidavit from the
holder will be required), changing the registration of any security to reflect a
change in name of the holder, or a transfer (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) of a security by the holder to another person.

         Interest Withholding. With respect to those investors who do not
provide us with a fully executed Form W-8 or Form W-9, we will withhold 31% of
any interest paid. Otherwise, we will not withhold interest, except on debt
securities held by foreign business entities. We will not sell to anyone
refusing to provide a fully executed Form W-8 or Form W-9.

         Additional Securities. We may offer from time to time additional
classes of securities with terms and conditions different from the debt
securities being offered. We will amend or supplement this prospectus if and
when we decide to offer to the public any additional class of security under
this prospectus.

         Variations by State. We reserve the right to offer different securities
and to vary the terms and conditions of the offer (including, but not limited
to, different interest rates, additional interest payments and service charges
for all notes) depending upon the state where the purchaser resides.

                                       35


<PAGE>


                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         You should consider our selected consolidated financial information set
forth below together with the more detailed consolidated financial statements,
including the notes thereto, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                     Year Ended June 30,
                                                       ----------------------------------------------
Statement of Income Data:                              2000       1999      1998       1997      1996
                                                       ----------------------------------------------
  Revenues:                                             (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
  <S>                                                 <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
    Gain on sale of loans and leases............      $ 90,380    $64,490   $40,778    $19,942   $ 8,721
    Interest and fees...........................        19,400     16,553    17,386      5,584     3,245
    Interest accretion on interest-only strips..        16,616      2,021       538        101        --
    Other.......................................         4,250      3,360       633        335       129
                                                      --------    -------   -------    -------   -------
  Total revenues................................       130,646     86,424    59,335     25,962    12,095
  Total expenses(a).............................       120,284     64,573    41,445     16,960     8,974
                                                      --------    -------   -------    -------   -------
  Operating income before income taxes..........        10,362     21,851    17,890      9,002     3,121
  Income taxes..................................         3,938      7,763     6,435      3,062       802
                                                      --------    -------   -------    -------   -------
  Net income....................................      $  6,424    $14,088   $11,455    $ 5,940   $ 2,319
                                                      ========    =======   =======    =======   =======
  Per Common Share Data:
    Basic earnings per common share(b)..........      $   1.88    $  3.83   $  3.10    $  2.03   $  0.96
    Diluted earnings per common share(b)........          1.83       3.72      2.98       1.95      0.96
    Cash dividends declared per common share....          0.30      0.165      0.06       0.06      0.03
</TABLE>



----------------------


(a)  Includes an interest-only strip fair value adjustment of $12.6
     million in the year ended June 30, 2000.
(b)  Amounts for the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998, 1997 and 1996 have
     been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 5% stock
     dividend declared August 18, 1999 as if the additional shares had
     been outstanding for each period presented.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                       June 30,
                                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                                  2000       1999      1998       1997      1996
                                                  ----------------------------------------------
Balance Sheet Data:                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................     $ 69,751   $ 22,395  $  4,486   $  5,014   $ 5,345
Loan and lease receivables, net
  Available for sale........................       44,132     33,776    62,382     35,712    18,003
  Other.....................................       13,002      6,863     4,096      1,144       534
Interest-only strips........................      277,872    178,218    95,913     37,507    32,639
Receivables for sold loans and leases.......       51,283     66,086     2,377        960        26
Servicing rights............................       74,919     43,210    18,472      8,083     5,907
Total assets................................      592,668    396,301   226,551    103,989    46,894
Subordinated debt...........................      390,676    211,652   115,182     56,486    33,620
Total liabilities...........................      530,553    338,055   183,809     73,077    42,503
Stockholders' equity........................       62,115     58,246    42,742     30,912     4,392
</TABLE>



                                       36



<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------
                                                     2000       1999      1998       1997      1996
                                                     ----------------------------------------------
Other Data:                                           (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Originations:
<S>                                               <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
  Business purpose loans......................    $  106,187  $  64,818 $  52,335  $  38,721 $  28,872
  Home equity loans...........................       949,014    634,820   328,089     91,819    36,479
  Conventional first mortgage loans...........        42,607     66,519    33,671         --        --
  Equipment leases............................        19,631     96,289    70,480      8,004     5,967
Loans and Leases Sold:
  Securitizations.............................     1,001,702    777,598   384,700    115,000    36,506
  Other.......................................       102,670    105,751    51,594      3,817    19,438
Total managed loan and lease portfolio........     1,918,540  1,176,918   559,398    176,651    59,891
Average loan/lease size:
  Business purpose loans......................            89         80        83         78        78
  Home equity loans...........................            70         74        62         51        47
  Conventional first mortgage loans...........           160        165       154         --        --
  Equipment leases............................            19         23        21         11        11
Weighted average interest rate on Loans
  and Leases originated:
  Business purpose loans......................        15.99%     15.91%    15.96%     15.91%    15.83%
  Home equity loans...........................         11.28      11.05     11.95      11.69      9.94
  Conventional first mortgage loans...........          8.75       7.67      8.22         --        --
  Equipment leases............................         11.25      11.40     12.19      15.48     17.22
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------
Financial Ratios:                                    2000       1999      1998       1997      1996
                                                     ----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Return on average assets......................        1.31%     4.56%      6.93%     7.87%      6.71%
 Return on average equity.....................       10.29     28.10      31.10     33.65      70.96
 Total delinquencies as a percentage of total
 managed portfolio at end of period...........        2.91      3.19       3.01      2.15       2.30
Real estate owned as a percentage of
  total managed portfolio at end of period....        0.68      0.85       0.16      0.34       1.01
Loan and lease losses as a percentage of the
  average total managed portfolio during the
  period......................................        0.31      0.12       0.12      0.07       0.33
Pre-tax income as a percentage of total revenues      7.93     25.28      30.15     33.99      25.81
 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges...........        1.26x     1.92x      2.23x     2.56x      1.97x
</TABLE>




                                       37

<PAGE>


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


         The following financial review and analysis of the financial condition
and results of operations, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and
1998 should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements
and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements, and other
detailed information appearing in this document.

General

         We are a diversified financial services company operating throughout
the United States. We originate, sell and service business purpose loans, home
equity loans and conventional first mortgage loans through our principal direct
and indirect subsidiaries. We also underwrite, process and purchase home equity
loans through the Bank Alliance Program whereby we purchase home equity loans
from financial institutions that meet our underwriting criteria but do not meet
the underlying guidelines of the selling institutions for loans to be held in
the portfolio of the selling institutions. Following our purchase of the loans
through this program, we hold these loans in our portfolio until they are sold
in connection with a future securitization. Loans originated primarily consist
of fixed rate loans secured by first or second mortgages on single family
residences. Our customers include credit impaired borrowers and other borrowers
who would qualify for loans from traditional sources but who are attracted to
our loan products due to our personalized service and timely response to loan
applications. We originate loans through a combination of channels including a
centralized processing center located in Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania and a retail
branch network of 18 offices. In addition, we offer subordinated debt securities
to the public, the proceeds of which are used to repay existing debt, to fund
loan originations and our operations and for general corporate purposes.

         Due to the increase in market interest rates, we expect our ability to
originate loans at rates that will maintain our current level of profitability
will become more difficult than during a stable or falling interest rate
environment. We are addressing this challenge by carefully monitoring our
product pricing, the actions of our competition and market trends in order to
continue to originate loans in as profitable a manner as possible. The higher
interest rate environment could also unfavorably impact our liquidity and
capital resources. Higher interest rates could impact our short-term liquidity
by widening investor spread requirements in pricing future securitizations,
increasing the levels of overcollateralization in future securitizations,
limiting our access to borrowings in the capital markets and limiting our
ability to sell our subordinated debt securities at favorable interest rates. In
a rising interest rate environment, short-term and long-term liquidity could
also be impacted by increased interest costs on all sources of borrowed funds,
including the subordinated debt, and by reducing spreads on our securitized
loans which would reduce our cash flows. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources"
for a discussion of both long and short term liquidity and "Risk Factors -- If
we are not able to sustain the levels of growth in revenues and earnings that we
experienced in the past our future profits may be reduced and our ability to
repay the notes may be impaired."

         Prior to December 31, 1999 we also originated equipment leases.
Effective December 31, 1999, we de-emphasized the leasing origination business
in keeping with our strategy of focusing on our most profitable lines of
business. We are continuing to service the remaining leases in our managed
portfolio, which totaled $119.0 million in gross receivables at June 30, 2000.
We may from time to time consider originating or purchasing new leases.



                                       38
<PAGE>


         A recent focus by state and federal banking regulatory agencies, state
attorneys general offices, the Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of
Justice and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development relates to
predatory lending practices by companies in our industry. Sanctions have been
imposed on selected industry competitors for practices including but not limited
to charging borrowers excess fees, imposing higher interest rates than the
borrower's credit risk warrants and failing to disclose the material terms of
loans to the borrowers. We have reviewed our lending policies in light of these
actions against other lenders and we believe we are in compliance with all
lending related guidelines. To date, no sanctions or recommendations from
governmental regulatory agencies regarding our practices related to predatory
lending have been imposed. We are unable to predict whether state or federal
regulatory authorities will require changes in our lending practices in the
future or the impact of those changes on our profitability. See "Risk Factors -
Our residential lending business is subject to government regulation and
licensing requirements which may hinder our ability to operate profitably."


Securitizations


         In fiscal 2000, a write down of $12.6 million was recorded on our
interest-only strips. The write down included a charge of $11.2 million related
to an increase from 11% to 13% in the discount rate used to value our
interest-only strips. This change in the discount rate was considered a
permanent fair value adjustment and was recorded as expense in fiscal 2000. The
write down also included a charge of $1.9 million for the impact of changes in
one-month LIBOR deemed to be permanent. A portion of the certificates issued to
investors by our securitization trusts have floating interest rates based on the
value of an adjustable market interest rate index, one-month LIBOR, plus a
spread. The fair value of the excess cash flow we will receive from these trusts
would be affected by any changes in rates paid on the floating rate.
Additionally, the write down included a credit of $0.5 million for the net
impact of adjustments made to the prepayment assumptions on mortgage loan
securitizations at June 30, 2000. The fair value of our interest-only strips at
June 30, 2000 was $277.9 million. See "Securitization Accounting Considerations"
for a discussion of the discount rate and prepayment assumptions. See "Interest
Rate Risk Management - Interest-only Strips and Servicing Rights" for a
discussion of the impact of one-month LIBOR.

         The ongoing securitization of loans is a central part of our current
business strategy. We sell loans, and have in the past sold leases, through
securitizations with servicing retained. This strategy generates the cash
proceeds to repay borrowings, to fund additional loan originations and to
provide additional sources of revenue through retained mortgage and lease
servicing rights.



                                       39
<PAGE>


         The following table summarizes the volume of loans and leases
securitized and whole loan sales for the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and
1998 (dollars in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                                            --------------------------------
                                                              2000          1999       1998
                                                            --------      ------      ------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>
Securitizations:
Business loans........................................        $104.5       $71.9       $54.1
Home equity loans.....................................         887.9       613.0       270.9
Equipment leases......................................           9.3        92.6        59.7
                                                            --------      ------      ------
   Total..............................................      $1,001.7      $777.5      $384.7
                                                            ========      ======      ======
Whole loan sales......................................        $102.7      $105.8       $51.6
                                                            ========      ======      ======
Gain on sale of loans and leases through
    securitizations...................................         $90.4       $64.5       $40.8
Securitization gains as a
    percentage of total revenues......................          69.2%       74.6%       68.7%
Gains on whole loan sales.............................          $1.7        $2.3        $2.7
</TABLE>

         Our quarterly revenues and net income have fluctuated in the past and
may fluctuate in the future principally as a result of the timing, size and
profitability of our securitizations. The strategy of selling loans through
securitizations requires building an inventory of loans or leases over time,
during which time we incur costs and expenses. Since a gain on sale is not
recognized until a securitization is closed, which may not occur until a
subsequent quarter, operating results for a given quarter can fluctuate
significantly. If securitizations do not close when expected, we could
experience a materially adverse effect on our results of operations for a
quarter. In addition, due to the timing difference between the period when costs
are incurred in connection with the origination of loans and their subsequent
sale through the securitization process, we have operated on a negative cash
flow basis in the past and anticipate that we will continue to do so in the
foreseeable future, which could adversely impact our results of operations and
financial condition. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of
our liquidity and cash flows and "Risk Factors -- Since we have historically
experienced negative cash flows from our operations and expect to do so in the
foreseeable future, our ability to repay the investment notes could be impaired.


         Several factors affect our ability to complete securitizations on a
profitable basis, including conditions in the securities markets generally, such
as fluctuations in interest rates described below, conditions in the
asset-backed securities markets relating to the types of financial assets we
originate and credit quality of the managed portfolio of loans. Any substantial
reduction in the size or availability of the securitization market for loans
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
condition.

         Recent movements in market interest rates will negatively impact the
profitability of our future securitizations. The profitability of our
securitizations may be unfavorably impacted to the extent we hold fixed rate
mortgage loans pending securitization and market interest rates increase prior
to the securitization of those fixed rate loans. Although the loan coupon rate
is fixed at the time the loan is originated, the interest rate paid to investors
in the securitization, called the pass-through rate, is not fixed until the
pricing of the securitization which occurs just prior to the sale of the loans.
Our gain on sale of loans in a securitization will be reduced if the spread
between the average coupon rate on our fixed rate loans, and the weighted


                                       40
<PAGE>

average pass-through rate paid to investors for interests issued in connection
with a securitization declines. Since our September 1998 mortgage loan
securitization, the pass-through rates on the asset-backed securities issued in
our securitizations have increased by approximately 1.5%. During this period,
the average coupon on our loans securitized has increased 0.7%. The spread
between the average coupon rate on the loans and the pass-through rate to
investors could be reduced further if, for example, market interest rates
continue to increase. Because the coupon on our loans securitized has been
relatively high, we have been able to absorb this net reduction in spread and
have continued to access the asset-backed securities markets. We estimate that
each 0.1% reduction in the spread reduces the gain on sale of loans as a
percentage of loans securitized by approximately 0.25%. See "Interest Rate Risk
Management" for further detail. We are continuously monitoring market rate
fluctuations, our loan pricing and our hedging strategy in order to attempt to
manage these changes and maintain our current level of profitability in
connection with the securitization of loans. See "Risk Factors -- A change in
market interest rates may result in a reduction in our profits and impair our
ability to repay the notes."


         In addition, as the spread is reduced, we are required to increase the
level of overcollateralization which is required to provide additional
protection to trust investors. Decreased spread has contributed to an increase
in the required final overcollateralization amount by approximately 1.0% of the
initial balance of loans securitized, since September 1999. The increase in the
overcollateralization amount negatively impacts the timing of the cash flows
from the interest-only strips. See "Securitization Accounting Considerations"
for a discussion of overcollateralization amounts.

         Our strategy of securitizing loans could also impact our future
profitability to the extent that the carrying value of our interest-only strips
may require negative adjustments. We generally retain interest-only strips and
servicing rights in the securitization transactions we complete. We estimate the
fair value of the interest-only strips and servicing rights based upon estimated
discount rates and prepayment and default assumptions. Together, these two
assets represent 59.5% of our total assets at June 30, 2000. The value of our
interest-only strips totaled $277.9 million and the value of our servicing
rights totaled $74.9 million at June 30, 2000. Although we believe that these
amounts represent the fair value of these assets, the amounts were estimated
based on discounting the expected cash flows to be received in connection with
our securitizations using estimated discount rates, prepayment rates and default
rate assumptions. Changes in market interest rates may impact our discount rate
assumptions and our actual prepayment and default experience may vary materially
from these estimates. Even a small unfavorable change in these assumptions
utilized could have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets.
In the event of an unfavorable change in these assumptions, the fair value of
these assets would be overstated, requiring an adjustment which would adversely
affect our income in the period of adjustment.


         Our business strategy is dependent upon our ability to identify and
emphasize lending related activities that will provide us with the most economic
value. The implementation of this strategy will depend in large part on a
variety of factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to, our
ability to obtain adequate financing on favorable terms, profitably securitize
our loans on a regular basis and continue to expand in the face of increasing
competition. Our failure with respect to any of these factors could impair our
ability to successfully implement our strategy, which would adversely affect our
results of operations and financial condition.


                                       41
<PAGE>

Whole Loan Sales

         We also sell loans with servicing released referred to as whole loan
sales. Gains on whole loan sales equal the difference between the net proceeds
from such sales and the loans' net carrying value. The net carrying value of
loans is equal to their principal balance plus unamortized origination costs and
fees. Gains from these sales are recorded as fee income.

Subordinated Debt and Other Borrowings


         We also rely upon funds generated by the sale of subordinated debt and
other borrowings to fund our operations and to repay subordinated debt. At June
30, 2000, $390.7 million of subordinated debt was outstanding and warehouse and
line of credit facilities totaling $346.1 million were available, of which
$131.8 million was drawn upon on that date. We expect to continue to rely on the
borrowings to fund loans prior to securitization. See "Liquidity and Capital
Resources" for a discussion of short-term and long-term liquidity.


Securitization Accounting Considerations

         When we securitize our loans and leases by selling them to trusts we
receive cash and an interest-only strip, which represents our retained interest
in the securitized loans and leases. The trust issues multi-class securities,
which derive their cash flows from the pool of securitized loans and leases.
These securities, which are senior to our interest-only strips in the trusts,
are sold to public investors. In addition, when we securitize our loans and
leases we retain the right, for a fee paid to us, to service the loans and
leases which creates an asset that we refer to as our servicing rights.
Servicing includes billing and collecting payments from borrowers, transmitting
payments to investors, accounting for principal and interest, collections and
foreclosure activities and disposing of real estate owned.

         As the holder of the interest-only strips received in a securitization,
we are entitled to receive excess (or residual) cash flows. These cash flows are
the difference between the payments made by the borrowers on securitized loans
and leases and the sum of the scheduled and prepaid principal and pass-through
interest paid to the investors in the trust, servicing fees, trustee fees and,
if applicable, surety fees. Surety fees are paid to an unrelated insurance
entity to provide protection for the trust investors. Overcollateralization is
the excess of the aggregate principal balances of loans and leases in a
securitized pool over investor interests. Overcollateralization requirements are
established to provide additional protection for the trust investors.


                                       42
<PAGE>

         The overcollateralization requirements for a mortgage loan
securitization, which are different for each securitization, include:

         (1)  The initial requirement, which is a percentage of the original
              balance of loans securitized and is paid in cash at the time of
              sale;

         (2)  The final target, which is a percentage of the original balance of
              loans securitized and is funded from the monthly excess cash flow;
              and

         (3)  The stepdown overcollateralization requirement, which is a
              percentage of the remaining balance of loans securitized. During
              the stepdown period, the overcollateralization amount is gradually
              reduced through cash payments to us. The stepdown period begins at
              the later of 30 months or when the remaining balance of loans
              securitized is less than 50% of the original balance of
              securitized loans.


         At June 30, 2000, investments in interest-only strips in
securitizations totaled $277.9 million including investments in
overcollateralization of $82.0 million.

         In March 2000, we amended our arrangements with a warehouse lender to
include an off-balance sheet mortgage loan conduit facility. The sale into the
off-balance sheet conduit facility involves a two-step transfer that qualifies
for sale accounting under SFAS No. 125. First, we sell the loans to a special
purpose entity which has been established for the limited purpose of buying and
reselling the loans. Next, the special purpose entity sells the loans to a
qualified special purpose entity ("the facility") for cash proceeds generated by
its sale of notes to a third party purchaser. We have no obligation to
repurchase the loans and neither the third party note purchaser nor the facility
has a right to require such repurchase. The facility has the option to
re-securitize the loans, ordinarily using longer-term certificates. If the loans
are not re-securitized by the facility, the third party note purchaser has the
right to securitize or sell the loans. Under this arrangement, the loans have
been isolated from us and our subsidiaries; and, as a result, the transfer to
the conduit facility is treated as a sale for financial reporting purposes.
During fiscal 2000, we sold approximately $97.7 million in principal amount of
loans to the conduit facility and recognized gains on those sales totaling
approximately $9.6 million. In June 2000, $19.4 million of loans in the conduit
facility were re-securitized by the facility. At June 30, 2000 there were $78.3
million in principal amount of loans in the conduit facility and an additional
$0.2 million in the on balance sheet facility.

         The following table provides information regarding the nature and
principal balances of mortgage loans securitized in each trust, the securities
issued by each trust, and the overcollateralization requirements of each trust.


                                       43
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Summary of Selected Mortgage Loan Securitization Trust Information
                                                        Current Balances as of June 30, 2000
                                                               (dollars in millions)


                                                         2000-2      2000-1   1999-4   1999-3   1999-2  1999-1   1998-4   1998-3
                                                         ------      ------   ------   ------   ------  ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
Original balance of loans securitized:
   Business loans.....................................  $    22     $    25  $    25  $    28  $    30  $    16 $     9  $    17
   Home equity loans..................................      213         212      197      194      190      169      71      183
   Total..............................................      235         237      222      222      220      185      80      200
Current balance of loans securitized:
   Business loans.....................................  $    22     $    25  $    25  $    26  $    28  $    15 $     7  $    14
   Home equity loans..................................      213         211      194      188      178      148      59      147
   Total..............................................      235         236      219      214      206      163      66      161
Weighted average coupon on loans securitized:
   Business loans.....................................   15.99%      16.10%   16.04%   15.78%   15.78%   15.99%  16.04%   15.96%
   Home equity loans..................................   11.52%      11.37%   11.10%   10.94%   10.50%   10.68%  10.83%   10.76%
   Total..............................................   11.65%      11.88%   11.69%   11.53%   11.23%   11.16%  11.39%   11.21%

Percentage of first mortgage loans....................      78%         77%      79%      82%      88%      89%     89%      89%
Weighted average loan-to-value........................      75%         78%      76%      77%      76%      77%     77%      78%
Weighted average remaining term (months) on loans
   securitized........................................      243         245      239      242      244      243     243      240

Original balance of Trust Certificates................  $   300     $   235  $   220  $   219  $   219  $   184 $    79  $   198
Current balance of Trust Certificates.................  $   299     $   229  $   207  $   199  $   188  $   147 $    59  $   143

Weighted average pass-through interest rate to
   Trust Certificate holders..........................    7.88%       7.71%    7.32%    7.34%    7.05%    6.56%   6.61%    6.26%
Highest Trust Certificate pass-through rate...........    8.04%       7.93%    7.68%    7.49%    7.13%    6.58%   7.08%    6.43%

Overcollateralization requirements:
   Required Percentages:
   Initial............................................    0.90%       0.75%    1.00%    1.00%    0.50%    0.50%   1.00%    1.00%
   Final target.......................................    5.95%       5.95%    5.50%    5.00%    5.00%    5.00%   5.00%    5.00%
   Stepdown overcollateralization.....................   11.90%      11.90%   11.00%   10.00%   10.00%   10.00%  10.00%   10.00%
   Required Amounts:
     Initial..........................................  $     3     $     2  $     2  $     2  $     1  $     1 $     1  $     2
     Final target.....................................       18          14       12       11       11        9       4       10
   Current Status:
   Overcollateralization amount.......................  $     2     $     4  $     6  $     7  $     9  $     9 $     4  $    10
   Final target reached or anticipated date to reach..   1/2002      1/2002   5/2001   2/2001  12/2000      Yes     Yes      Yes
   Stepdown reached or anticipated date to reach......   3/2004      1/2004   9/2003   7/2003  12/2002   7/2002  2/2001   2/2001
Annual surety wrap fee................................    0.21%       0.19%    0.21%    0.21%    0.19%    0.19%   0.20%    0.20%

Servicing rights:
   Original balance...................................  $    10     $    10  $    10  $    10  $    10  $     8 $     3  $     7
   Current balance....................................       10          10        9        9        9        6       2        5
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
[RESTUBBED]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           1998-2  1998-1   1997-2   1997-1   1996-2   1996-1
                                                           ------  ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Original balance of loans securitized:
   Business loans.....................................    $    15  $    16 $    23  $    22  $    16  $    13
   Home equity loans..................................        105       89      77       53       24        9
   Total..............................................        120      105     100       75       40       22
Current balance of loans securitized:
   Business loans.....................................    $    12  $    10 $    15  $    10  $     7  $     5
   Home equity loans..................................         69       53      36       21        7        4
   Total..............................................         81       63      51       31       14        9
Weighted average coupon on loans securitized:
   Business loans.....................................     15.92%   15.95%  15.90%   15.90%   15.98%   15.83%
   Home equity loans..................................     10.76%   11.09%  11.59%   11.44%   11.30%   10.61%
   Total..............................................     11.46%   11.90%  12.85%   12.94%   13.42%   13.55%

Percentage of first mortgage loans....................        86%      79%     72%      70%      69%      69%
Weighted average loan-to-value........................        77%      74%     72%      70%      67%      66%
Weighted average remaining term (months) on loans
   securitized........................................        213      202     195      171      142      139

Original balance of Trust Certificates................    $   118  $   103 $    98  $    73  $    39  $    22
Current balance of Trust Certificates.................    $    69  $    53 $    40  $    25  $    10  $     6

Weighted average pass-through interest rate to
   Trust Certificate holders..........................      6.47%    6.68%   6.74%    7.37%    7.53%    7.95%
Highest Trust Certificate pass-through rate...........      6.85%    7.15%   7.13%    7.53%    7.53%    7.95%

Overcollateralization requirements:
   Required Percentages:
   Initial............................................      1.50%    1.50%   2.00%    3.00%    3.00%       --
   Final target.......................................      5.00%    5.50%   7.00%    8.00%   10.00%    7.00%
   Stepdown overcollateralization.....................     10.00%   11.00%  14.00%   16.00%   20.00%      n/a
   Required Amounts:
     Initial..........................................    $     2  $     2 $     2  $     2  $     1       --
     Final target.....................................          6        6       7        6        4        2
   Current Status:
   Overcollateralization amount.......................    $     6  $     6 $     6  $     5  $     2  $     2
   Final target reached or anticipated date to reach..        Yes      Yes     Yes      Yes      Yes      Yes
   Stepdown reached or anticipated date to reach......     4/2001  11/2000     Yes      Yes      Yes      n/a
Annual surety wrap fee................................      0.22%    0.23%   0.26%    0.26%    0.28%      n/a

Servicing rights:
   Original balance...................................    $     4  $     4 $     4  $     3  $     2  $     2
   Current balance....................................          3        3       2        2        1        1
</TABLE>


n/a = not applicable
* In July 2000, we satisfied a mortgage securitization prefund requirement of
  $67.9 million.



                                       44
<PAGE>


         Gains on sale of loans and leases through securitizations represent the
difference between our net proceeds and the allocated cost of loans and leases
securitized. The allocated cost of the loans and leases securitized is
determined by allocating their net carrying value between the loans and leases
securitized, the interest-only strips and the servicing rights retained, based
upon their relative fair values.

         The calculation of the fair value of interest-only strips is based upon
a discounted cash flow analysis which estimates the present value of the future
expected excess cash flows utilizing assumptions made by management at the time
loans are sold. These original assumptions include the rate used to calculate
the present value of expected future cash flows, referred to as the discount
rate, the rates of prepayment and credit loss rates on the pool of loans. The
prepayment rate of loans may be affected by a variety of economic and other
factors, including prevailing interest rates and the availability of alternative
financing to borrowers. The effect of those factors on loan prepayment rates may
vary depending on the type of loan. Estimates of prepayment rates and credit
loss rates are made based on management's expectation of future experience,
which are based, in part, on the historical experience and in the case of
prepayment rate assumptions, consideration of the impact of changes in market
interest rates. Our interest-only strips and servicing rights are periodically
evaluated based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows from
our interest-only strips and servicing rights related to the loans remaining in
the trusts. The current assumptions for prepayment and credit loss rates are
monitored against actual experience and would be adjusted if necessary.


         In fiscal 2000, a write down of $12.6 million was recorded on our
interest-only strips. The write down included a charge of $11.2 million related
to an increase from 11% to 13% in the discount rate used to value our
interest-only strips. This change in the discount rate was considered a
permanent fair value adjustment and was recorded as expense in fiscal 2000. The
write down also included a charge of $1.9 million for the impact of changes in
one-month LIBOR deemed to be permanent. A portion of the certificates issued to
investors by securitization trusts have floating interest rates based on
one-month LIBOR plus a spread. The fair value of the excess cash flow we will
receive from these trusts would be affected by any changes in rates paid on the
floating rate certificates. See "Interest Rate Risk Management - Interest-only
Strips and Servicing Rights" for a discussion of the impact of one-month LIBOR.
Additionally, the write down included a credit of $0.5 million for the net
favorable impact of adjustments made to the prepayment assumptions on mortgage
loan securitizations to reflect actual experience at June 30, 2000.

         We use a discount rate which we believe is commensurate with the risks
involved in our securitization assets. While quoted market prices on comparable
interest-only strips are not available, we have performed comparisons of our
valuation assumptions and performance experience to others in the
non-conventional mortgage industry. We quantify the risks in our securitization
assets by comparing the asset quality and performance experience of the
underlying securitized mortgage pools to comparable industry performance. We
believe that the practice of many companies in the non-conventional mortgage
industry has been to add a spread for risk to the all-in cost of securitizations
to determine their discount rate. From these experience comparisons, we have
determined a spread, which is added to the all-in cost of our mortgage loan
securitization trusts' investor certificates. The 13% discount rate considers
our higher asset quality and performance of our securitized assets compared to
industry asset quality and performance and the other characteristics of our
securitized loans described below:



                                       45
<PAGE>


         o   Underlying loan collateral with fixed yields, which are higher than
             others in the non-conventional mortgage industry. The average
             coupons of our securitized loans exceed the industry average by 100
             basis points or more. All of our loans have fixed interest rates,
             which are more predictable than adjustable rate loans.

         o   Most of our loans include prepayment fees. Approximately 90% to 95%
             of our business purpose loans have prepayment fees. Approximately
             85% to 90% of our home equity loans have prepayment fees. Our
             experience indicates that prepayment fees increase the prepayment
             ramp periods and slow annual prepayment speeds, which have the
             effect of increasing the life of the loans securitized.

         o   A portfolio mix of 80-85% first mortgage loans and 15-20% second
             mortgage loans. The high proportion of first mortgages results in
             lower delinquencies and losses.

         o   A portfolio credit grade mix comprised of 62% A credits, 22% B
             credits, 13% C credits, and 3% D credits. In addition, our loss
             experience is below what is experienced by others in the
             non-conventional mortgage industry.

         The increase in the discount rate reflects the overall sustained
increase in market interest rates experienced in fiscal 2000 including increases
in the all-in cost of the mortgage loan securitization trusts' investor
certificates, and increases in the costs of our funding.


         The all-in cost of the trusts' investor certificates includes the
highest trust certificate pass through interest rate in each mortgage
securitization, trustee fees, and surety fees. Trustee fees and surety fees are
deal specific and generally range from 19 to 22 basis points combined.


         Prior to fiscal year 2000, our actual prepayment experience both
quantitatively and qualitatively was not sufficient to conclude that the final
actual experience expected would be materially different than the original
prepayment assumptions used. For each of the first three-quarters of fiscal year
2000, the net effect of the differences between the prepayment assumptions and
the actual experience was not material. Because we were continuing to accumulate
more complete and accurate statistics, and the impact of differences between the
assumptions and actual experience was not material, no adjustments were made to
the prepayment assumptions used in periodic evaluations of interest-only strips
through March 31, 2000. At June 30, 2000, assumptions for prepayments were
adjusted based on actual historical experience. The total effect of the changes
in prepayment assumptions resulted in a favorable adjustment in the fair value
of interest-only strips of $0.5 million.

         The initial prepayment rate assumptions beginning with the 1999-1
mortgage loan securitization were changed to reflect a reduction in the annual
prepayment rate assumption on business loans and an increase in the length of
the prepayment ramp period for home equity loans. The length of time before a
pool of mortgage loans reaches its expected annual prepayment rate is referred
to as the "prepayment ramp period." See "Year Ended June 30, 2000 Compared to
Year Ended June 30, 1999 - Gain on Sale of Loans and Leases" for more
information regarding the reasons for the change in initial prepayment
assumptions.



                                       46
<PAGE>


         The initial credit loss assumptions beginning with the 1999-4 mortgage
loan securitization were increased as a result of an increase in the percentage
of second mortgage loans included in current year securitizations and our
concerns regarding the current high levels of real estate values. As shown on
the table above, "Summary of Selected Mortgage Loan Securitization Trust
Information," the average percentage of first mortgage loans securitized
declined approximately 10% from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000 securitizations. The
current high real estate values affected our loss assumptions on recent
securitizations because in the event of an economic downturn, the loan-to-value
ratios of the recently originated loans could be understated. Both of these
factors increase the potential that the underlying real estate collateral would
not be sufficient to satisfy the loan if a foreclosure was required. We believe
these factors may limit our ability in recent securitizations to maintain the
credit loss experience realized in prior securitizations. Actual credit loss
experience for securitizations prior to the 1999-4 mortgage loan securitization
continues to support the initial credit loss assumptions for those
securitizations.

         The following table provides information regarding the initial and
current assumptions applied in determining the fair values of mortgage loan
related interest-only strips and servicing rights. The assumptions for
prepayment rates and credit loss rates are compared to actual experience on the
table. At the time of the sales, the initial assumptions for prepayment rates
and credit loss rates were representative of expectations for the securitized
portfolios' performance.



                                       47
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization
                                                                   Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience
                                                                                 ($ in millions)


                                                      2000-2   2000-1   1999-4   1999-3  1999-2   1999-1   1998-4   1998-3  1998-2
                                                      ------   ------   ------   ------  ------   ------   ------   ------  ------
<S>                                                    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Residual interests discount rate:
   Initial valuation...............................    13.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%
   Current valuation...............................    13.0%    13.0%    13.0%    13.0%   13.0%    13.0%    13.0%    13.0%   13.0%
Servicing rights discount rate:
   Initial valuation...............................    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%
   Current valuation...............................    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%
Prepayment rates:
   Initial assumption:
   Expected Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR):
     Business loans................................      10%      10%      10%      10%     10%      10%      13%      13%     13%
     Home equity loans.............................      24%      24%      24%      24%     24%      24%      24%      24%     24%
   Ramp period (months) (a):
     Business loans................................       24       24       24       24      24       24       24       24      24
     Home equity loans.............................       24       18       18       18      18       18       12       12      12
   Current assumptions:
   Expected Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR):
     Business loans................................      10%      10%      10%      10%     13%      10%      15%      13%     13%
     Home equity loans.............................      24%      24%      24%      24%     24%      24%      24%      24%     24%
   Ramp period (months):
     Business loans................................       24       24       24       24      12       12       12       24      24
     Home equity loans.............................       24       24       24       24      24       24       24       24      12
   CPR adjusted to reflect ramp:
     Business loans................................    3.00%    3.61%    4.52%    5.43%  13.00%   10.00%   15.00%   11.70%  13.00%
     Home equity loans.............................    2.00%    3.91%    6.78%    9.65%  12.52%   15.39%   18.26%   21.13%  24.00%
     Blended rate..................................    2.10%    3.88%    6.51%    9.13%  12.59%   14.91%   17.91%   20.33%  22.43%
   Actual CPR experience:
     Business loans................................       --    4.20%    1.18%    4.65%  12.87%   10.37%   14.82%   10.33%  12.85%
     Home equity loans.............................       --    3.95%   10.66%    9.65%  10.56%   11.32%   12.09%   13.00%  20.46%
     Blended rate..................................       --    4.16%    9.57%    9.09%  10.81%   11.24%   12.21%   12.78%  18.50%
Credit loss rates:
   Annual credit loss rate:
     Initial assumption............................    0.40%    0.40%    0.30%    0.25%   0.25%    0.25%    0.25%    0.25%   0.25%
     Current assumption............................    0.40%    0.40%    0.30%    0.25%   0.25%    0.25%    0.25%    0.25%   0.25%
     Actual experience.............................       --       --       --    0.01%      --    0.03%    0.17%    0.05%   0.18%
   Cumulative credit loss rate:
     Initial assumption............................    1.85%    1.85%    1.35%    1.20%   1.20%    1.20%    1.20%    1.20%   1.20%
     Current assumption............................    1.85%    1.85%    1.35%    1.20%   1.20%    1.20%    1.20%    1.20%   1.20%
     Cumulative experience to date.................       --      --       --     0.02%      --    0.09%    0.26%    0.06%   0.61%
Servicing fees:
   Contractual fees................................    0.50%    0.50%    0.50%    0.50%   0.50%    0.50%    0.50%    0.50%   0.50%
   Ancillary fees..................................    1.25%    1.25%    1.25%    1.25%   1.25%    1.25%    1.25%    1.25%   0.75%
</TABLE>



<PAGE>
[RESTUBBED]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization
                                                         Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience
                                                                       ($ in millions)


                                                         1998-1   1997-2   1997-1   1996-2  1996-1
                                                         ------   ------   ------   ------  ------
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Residual interests discount rate:
   Initial valuation...............................       11.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%
   Current valuation...............................       13.0%    13.0%    13.0%    13.0%   13.0%
Servicing rights discount rate:
   Initial valuation...............................       11.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%
   Current valuation...............................       11.0%    11.0%    11.0%    11.0%   11.0%
Prepayment rates:
   Initial assumption:
   Expected Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR):
     Business loans................................         13%      13%      13%      13%     13%
     Home equity loans.............................         24%      24%      24%      24%     24%
   Ramp period (months) (a):
     Business loans................................          24       24       24       24      24
     Home equity loans.............................          12       12       12       12      12
   Current assumptions:
   Expected Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR):
     Business loans................................         17%      16%      20%      22%     21%
     Home equity loans.............................         24%      25%      25%      26%     20%
   Ramp period (months):
     Business loans................................          24       24       24       24      24
     Home equity loans.............................          12       12       12       12      12
   CPR adjusted to reflect ramp:
     Business loans................................      17.00%   16.00%   20.00%   22.00%  21.00%
     Home equity loans.............................      24.00%   25.00%   25.00%   26.00%  20.00%
     Blended rate..................................      22.84%   22.36%   23.32%   24.19%  20.56%
   Actual CPR experience:
     Business loans................................      16.33%   15.80%   19.98%   22.44%  20.75%
     Home equity loans.............................      21.77%   24.84%   24.83%   26.34%  19.73%
     Blended rate..................................      20.95%   22.57%   23.34%   24.70%  20.31%
Credit loss rates:
   Annual credit loss rate:
     Initial assumption............................       0.25%    0.25%    0.25%    0.25%   0.25%
     Current assumption............................       0.25%    0.25%    0.25%    0.25%   0.25%
     Actual experience.............................       0.25%    0.13%    0.18%    0.24%   0.09%
   Cumulative credit loss rate:
     Initial assumption............................       1.20%    1.20%    1.20%    1.20%   1.20%
     Current assumption............................       1.20%    1.20%    1.20%    1.20%   1.20%
     Cumulative experience to date.................       0.66%    0.44%    1.11%    0.77%   0.62%
Servicing fees:
   Contractual fees................................       0.50%    0.50%    0.50%    0.50%   0.50%
   Ancillary fees..................................       0.75%    0.75%    0.75%    0.75%   0.75%
</TABLE>


------------------------------
(a)  The prepayment ramp is the length of time before a pool of mortgage loans
     reaches its expected Constant Prepayment Rate. The business loan prepayment
     ramp begins at 3% in month one. The home equity loan prepayment ramp begins
     at 2% in month one.



                                       48

<PAGE>


         Although we believe we have made reasonable estimates of prepayment
rates and credit loss assumptions, the actual prepayment and credit loss
experience may materially vary from our estimates. To the extent that
prepayments or credit losses differ materially from the estimates made,
adjustments of our interest-only strips and servicing rights may be required in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115. Levels of
future prepayments and credit loss assumptions higher than those initially
estimated could result in a reduction in the value of interest-only strips and
servicing rights which would adversely affect income in the period of
adjustment. Additionally, some of our securitization trusts have issued floating
rate certificates supported by fixed rate mortgages. The fair value of the
excess cash flow we will receive may be affected by any changes in the rates
paid on the floating rate certificates.

         Lease Securitizations. Information related to our two lease
securitizations is presented in the table below. As of December 31, 1999, we
de-emphasized the lease origination business but continue to service the
remaining leases in our managed portfolio.


              Summary of Selected Lease Securitization Information
                      Current Balances as of June 30, 2000
                              (dollars in millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1999-a          1998-a
                                                                               -----------     ------------
<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>
Original balance of leases securitized....................................     $        82     $         80
Current balance of leases securitized.....................................     $        57     $         31
Weighted average yield on leases securitized..............................          11.17%           12.09%
Weighted average remaining term (months) on leases securitized............              33               19
Original balance of Trust Certificates....................................     $        78     $         76
Current balance of Trust Certificates.....................................     $        54     $         28
Weighted average pass-through interest rate to Trust Certificate Holders..           6.55%            6.15%
Overcollateralization requirements........................................              3%               3%
Annual surety wrap fee....................................................           0.29%            0.29%

Valuation Assumptions
Residual interests discount rate:
   Initial valuation......................................................           11.0%            11.0%
   Current valuation......................................................           13.0%            13.0%
Servicing rights discount rate:
   Initial valuation......................................................           11.0%            11.0%
   Current valuation......................................................           11.0%            11.0%
   Prepayment rates.......................................................             (a)              (a)
Credit loss rates:
   Annual credit loss rate:
     Initial assumption...................................................           0.50%            0.50%
     Current assumption...................................................           0.50%            0.50%
     Actual experience....................................................           0.45%            0.63%
Servicing Fees:
   Contractual fees.......................................................           0.50%            0.50%
   Ancillary fees.........................................................           0.30%            0.30%
</TABLE>


-----------------------
(a)    The equipment leasing portfolio has experienced insignificant
       prepayments, less than 1.5% annualized. Should a lease terminate early,
       any impact on the valuation of lease securitization assets would be
       recorded upon termination of the lease.

                                       49

<PAGE>



       Servicing Rights. When loans or leases are sold through a securitization,
the servicing on the loans or leases is retained and we capitalize the benefit
associated with the rights to service securitized loans and leases based on
those servicing rights relative fair value to other consideration received in
the securitization. We receive annual contractual servicing fees of 50 basis
points which is paid out of accumulated mortgage loan payments before payments
of principal and interest are made to trust certificate holders, prepayment
fees, late charges, nonsufficient fund fees and other fees which are retained
directly by us as servicer as payments are collected from the borrowers.


         Fair value of servicing rights is determined by computing the present
value of projected net cash flows from contractual servicing fees and ancillary
servicing fees, as described above, net of costs to service expected to be
received over the life of the loans or leases securitized. These projections
incorporate assumptions, including prepayment rates, credit loss rates and
discount rates. These assumptions are similar to those used to value the
interest-only strips retained in a securitization. Periodically, capitalized
servicing rights are evaluated for impairment, which is measured as the excess
of unamortized cost over fair value. Interest rates are not considered as a
predominant risk characteristic for purposes of evaluating impairment. We have
generally found that the non-conforming mortgage market is less sensitive to
changes in interest rates than the conventional mortgage market where borrowers
have more favorable credit history for the following reasons. First, there are
relatively few lenders willing to supply credit to non-conforming borrowers
which limits those borrowers' opportunity to refinance. Second, interest rates
available to non-conforming borrowers tend to adjust much slower than
conventional mortgage rates which reduces the non-conforming borrowers'
opportunity to capture economic value from refinancing. Also, a majority of
loans to our borrowers require prepayment fees. As a result, the prepayment
experience on our managed portfolio is more stable than the mortgage market in
general. This stability favorably impacts our ability to value the future cash
flows from our servicing rights and interest-only strips because it increases
the predictability of future cash flows.


         As a result of adjustments to prepayment assumptions to reflect actual
experience on earlier mortgage loan securitizations, a servicing rights write
down of $0.7 million was recorded in fiscal 2000. At June 30, 2000, servicing
rights totaled $74.9 million, compared to $43.2 million at June 30, 1999.


                                       50
<PAGE>


Results of Operations

Summary Financial Results
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Year Ended June 30,                  Percentage Change
                                   --------------------------------------  ----------------------------------
                                        2000          1999          1998         '00/'99        '99/'98
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>                <C>            <C>
Total revenues...................  $ 130,646      $  86,424     $  59,335          51.2%          45.7%
Total expenses...................  $ 120,284      $  64,573     $  41,445          86.3%          55.8%
Net income.......................  $   6,424      $  14,088     $  11,455        (54.4)%          23.0%

Return on average equity.........      10.29%         28.10%        31.10%
Return on average assets.........       1.31%          4.46%         6.93%

Earnings per share:
   Basic.........................  $    1.88      $    3.83     $    3.10        (50.9)%          23.5%
   Diluted.......................  $    1.83      $    3.72     $    2.98        (50.8)%          24.8%
Dividends declared per share.....  $    0.30      $   0.165     $    0.06
</TABLE>

Overview

         For fiscal 2000, net income decreased $7.7 million, or 54.4%, to $6.4
million from $14.1 million for 1999. Basic earnings per share decreased $1.95,
to $1.88 for year ended June 30, 2000, on average common shares of 3,424,000,
compared to $3.83 on average common shares of 3,682,000 for fiscal 1999. Diluted
earnings per share decreased $1.89, to $1.83 for year ended June 30, 2000, on
average common shares of 3,509,000 compared to $3.72 on average common shares of
3,791,000 for fiscal 1999.

         Increases in gain on sale of loans and leases, interest accretion on
interest-only strips and servicing income were offset by increases in expenses
including a $12.6 million write down of our interest-only strips primarily due
to an increase in the discount rate used to value the interest-only strips from
11% to 13%. This change in the discount rate was considered a permanent fair
value adjustment and was recorded as expense in fiscal 2000. The write down also
included a charge of $1.9 million for the impact of changes in one-month LIBOR
deemed to be permanent. A portion of the certificates issued to investors by
securitization trusts have floating interest rates based on one-month LIBOR plus
a spread. The fair value of the excess cash flow we will receive from these
trusts would be affected by any changes in rates paid on the floating rate
certificates. The write down included a credit of $0.5 million for the net
impact of adjustments made to the prepayment assumptions on mortgage loan
securitizations at June 30, 2000. See "Securitization Accounting Considerations"
for a discussion of the discount rate and prepayment assumptions. See "Interest
Rate Risk Management - Interest-only Strips and Servicing Rights" for a
discussion of the impact of one-month LIBOR. See "Year Ended June 30, 2000
Compared to Year Ended June 30, 1999" for a more detailed discussion of results
of operations.

         Average common share and earnings per common share amounts for fiscal
1999 and prior have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 5%
stock dividend declared August 18, 1999. See note 10 in the consolidated
financial statements for further description.


                                       51
<PAGE>





         Dividends of $0.30 per share were paid for year ended June 30, 2000
compared to dividends of $0.165 per share for year ended June 30, 1999. In the
first quarter of fiscal year 2000, we increased our quarterly dividend by 40.0%
to $0.07 per share and by an additional 14.3% to $0.08 per share in January
2000. The common dividend payout ratio based on diluted earnings per share was
16.4% for year ended June 30, 2000 compared to 4.2% for fiscal 1999.

         As previously reported, our Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. On
January 24, 2000, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an
additional 338,000 shares, representing 10.0% of the then outstanding shares.
Our Board of Directors initiated the stock repurchase program in view of the
price level of our common stock which was trading at that time at below book
value and its consistent earnings growth over fiscal 1998 and 1999, which did
not result in a corresponding increase in the market value of our common stock.
In fiscal 2000, 328,000 shares were repurchased representing 9% of the
outstanding shares. The impact of the share repurchase program was an increase
of diluted earnings per share by approximately $0.06 for the year ended June 30,
2000.

         Our business strategy is dependent upon our ability to increase loan
origination volume through both geographic expansion and growth in current
markets to realize efficiencies in the infrastructure and loan production
channels we have been building. The implementation of this strategy will depend
in large part on a variety of factors outside of our control, including, but not
limited to, the ability to obtain adequate financing on favorable terms and
profitably securitize loans on a regular basis and continue to expand in the
face of increasing competition. Our failure with respect to any of these factors
could impair our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy, which
could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. See
"Risk Factors - If we are unable to continue to successfully implement our
growth strategy, our revenues may decrease."

Year Ended June 30, 2000 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 1999

         Total Revenues. Total revenues increased $44.2 million, or 51.2%, to
$130.6 million for fiscal 2000 from $86.4 million for fiscal 1999. Growth in
total revenues was the result of increases in gains on securitizations of
mortgage loans, increases in interest accretion earned on our interest-only
strips, increases in interest and fees on loans originated, and increases in
servicing income due to the growth of the total managed portfolio.

         Gain on Sale of Loans and Leases. Gains of $90.4 million were recorded
on the securitization of $1.0 billion of loans for fiscal 2000. This represented
an increase of $25.9 million, or 40.1%, over gains of $64.5 million recorded on
securitizations of $777.5 million of loans and leases for fiscal 1999.


                                       52

<PAGE>



         The following schedule details the volume of loan and lease
securitizations during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 (in
millions):

                                                       Year Ended June 30,
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                2000        1999         1998
                                            ----------    --------    ----------
Securitizations:
Business loans..........................    $    104.5    $   71.9    $    54.1
Home equity loans.......................         887.9       613.0        270.9
Equipment leases........................           9.3        92.6         59.7
                                            ----------    --------    ---------
   Total................................    $  1,001.7    $  777.5    $   384.7
                                            ==========    ========    =========

         The increase in securitization gains for the year ended June 30, 2000
was primarily due to the higher volume of loans securitized as reflected in the
table above. The securitization gain as a percentage of mortgage loans
securitized, 9.0% for fiscal 2000, was down slightly from 9.1% on mortgage loans
securitized for fiscal 1999. Including less profitable lease securitizations in
fiscal 1999, the securitization gain percentage was 8.3% for that year. The
decrease in the mortgage loan securitization gain percentage for fiscal 2000 was
due to a reduction in the spread between the average pass-through rate paid to
investors, increases in the credit loss assumptions beginning with the 1999-4
mortgage loan securitization, an increase in the discount rate used in the
2000-2 mortgage loan securitization and the impact of the January 1, 1999
adoption of the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No, 134, "
Accounting for Mortgage Backed Securities Retained After the Securitization of
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking Enterprise" ("SFAS No. 134").
See "Securitization Accounting Considerations" for more information on the
calculation of securitization gains, the average coupons on loans securitized,
pass-through rates paid to investors and credit loss assumptions. The impact of
SFAS No. 134 is discussed below. These decreases in the gain percentage for
fiscal 2000 were partially offset by a higher percentage of business loans
securitized and a reduction in prepayment rate assumptions as discussed below.

         The increase in the initial credit loss assumptions beginning with the
1999-4 mortgage loan securitization resulted from an increase in the percentage
of second mortgage loans included in current year securitizations and our
concerns regarding the current high levels of real estate values. As shown on
the table "Summary of Selected Mortgage Loan Securitization Trust Information"
in "Securitization Accounting Considerations" the average percentage of first
mortgage loans securitized declined approximately 10% from fiscal 1999 to fiscal
2000 securitizations. The current high real estate values affected our loss
assumptions on recent securitizations because in the event of an economic
downturn, the loan-to-value ratios of the recently originated loans could be
understated. Both of these factors increase the potential that the underlying
real estate collateral would not be sufficient to satisfy the loan if a
foreclosure was required. We believe these factors may limit our ability in
recent securitizations to maintain the credit loss experience realized in prior
securitizations. Actual credit loss experience for securitizations prior to the
1999-4 mortgage loan securitization continues to support the initial credit loss
assumptions for those securitizations.


                                       53

<PAGE>



         The unfavorable impacts of the reduction in spread for fiscal 2000,
increases in credit loss assumptions beginning with the 1999-4 mortgage loan
securitization, and the impact SFAS No. 134 were partially offset by the
following factors:

         o        A higher percentage of business loans securitized. For fiscal
                  2000, business loans securitized, which have a higher coupon
                  than home equity loans, represented 10.4% of total loans and
                  leases securitized, compared to 9.2% of total loans and leases
                  securitized for fiscal 1999. The higher percentage of business
                  loans resulted in an increased value of the interest-only
                  strips generated from the pool of securitized loans.

         o        A reduction in the annual prepayment rate assumption on
                  business loans and an increase in the length of the prepayment
                  ramp period for home equity loans. Due to increases in the
                  volume of loans originated with prepayment fees, we have
                  reduced the annual prepayment rate assumption on business
                  loans and lengthened the prepayment ramp period for home
                  equity loans for mortgage loan securitizations beginning with
                  the 1999-1 securitization. Reducing the annual prepayment
                  assumption and lengthening the prepayment ramp period is
                  supported by our experience with loans having prepayment fees,
                  as discussed below, that fewer borrowers will prepay, and
                  those prepaying will do so more slowly. The percentage of home
                  equity loans containing prepayment fees increased from less
                  than 50% of loans originated to over 85% over the nine-month
                  period ending October 31, 1998. As a result of this increase
                  in the percentage of loans originated having prepayment fees,
                  we had lengthened the initial assumptions used for the
                  prepayment ramp period on home equity loans from 12 to 18
                  months beginning with the 1999-1 mortgage loan securitization
                  through the 2000-1 mortgage loan securitization and to 24
                  months for the 2000-2 mortgage loan securitization. This
                  increase in the length of the prepayment ramp period for home
                  equity loans was supported by actual cumulative prepayment
                  experience through June 30, 2000, which demonstrated that only
                  25% of home equity loans having prepayment fees were actually
                  prepaid by the borrowers, while 47% of home equity loans
                  without prepayment fees were prepaid. This cumulative
                  historical performance demonstrates that it is nearly twice as
                  likely that a loan without a prepayment fee will be prepaid.
                  See "Securitization Accounting Considerations" for a
                  comparison of the prepayment assumptions used in our valuation
                  of interest-only strips and servicing rights to actual
                  historical experience.

         SFAS No. 134 requires that, after the securitization of a mortgage loan
held for sale, an entity classify the resulting mortgage-backed security or
other retained interests based on its ability and intent to hold or sell those
investments. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 134, as of January 1,
1999, we reclassified our interest-only strips from trading securities to
available for sale securities. As available for sale securities, the difference
on the date of securitization between the fair value of an interest-only strip
and its allocated cost is recorded in stockholders' equity and reported as a
component of comprehensive income. Fair value adjustments of $3.5 million
pre-tax were recorded as a component of comprehensive income for fiscal 2000. In
the first six months of fiscal 1999, which was prior to the adoption of SFAS No.
134 and the resulting reclassification from trading securities to available for
sale securities, all differences on the date of securitization between fair
value and allocated cost of interest-only strips were recognized in
securitization gains. In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1999 and 2000,
fair value differences were recognized as a component of comprehensive income.
The adoption of SFAS No. 134 did not have a material effect on our financial
condition.


                                       54
<PAGE>



         The following schedule details loan and lease originations during the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 (in thousands):

                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                            2000          1999         1998
                                       ------------   ----------    -----------
    Business Purpose Loans ........... $    106,187   $   64,818    $   52,335
    Home Equity Loans ................      991,621      701,339       361,760
    Equipment Leases..................       19,631       96,289        70,480
                                       ------------   ----------    ----------
                                       $  1,117,439   $  862,446    $  484,575
                                       ============   ==========    ==========

         Loan originations for our subsidiary, American Business Credit, Inc.,
which offers business purpose loans secured by real estate, increased $41.4
million, or 63.8%, to $106.2 million for fiscal 2000 from $64.8 million for
fiscal 1999. This increase was attributable to geographic expansion of American
Business Credit's lending program as well as refocused marketing efforts. In the
third quarter of fiscal 2000, American Business Credit launched a web site,
www.abceasyloan.com in order to increase its distribution channels for business
purpose loans.

         Home equity loans originated by our Consumer Mortgage Group, which
includes Upland Mortgage, New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp. and
Processing Service Center, Inc., increased $290.3 million, or 41.4%, to $991.6
million for fiscal 2000 from $701.3 million for fiscal 1999. The Consumer
Mortgage Group has redirected its marketing mix to focus on targeted direct
mail, which delivers more leads at a lower cost than broadcast marketing
channels. The Consumer Mortgage Group has continued to phase in advanced
Internet technology through its web site www.UplandMortgage.com. In addition to
the ability to take online loan applications and utilize an automated rapid
credit approval process, both of which reduce time and manual effort required
for loan approval, the site features our proprietary patent-pending Easy Loan
Advisor, which provides personalized services and solutions to retail customers
through interactive web dialog.

         Interest and Fee Income. Interest and fee income for fiscal 2000
increased $2.8 million, or 17.2%, to $19.4 million from $16.6 million for fiscal
1999. Interest and fee income consists primarily of interest income earned on
available for sale loans and leases, premiums earned on whole loan sales and
other ancillary fees collected in connection with loan and lease originations.

         Interest income remained relatively consistent at $7.2 million for
fiscal 2000 from $7.3 million for fiscal 1999.

         Fee income increased $2.9 million, or 31.9%, to $12.2 million from $9.2
million for fiscal 1999. The increase in fee income for fiscal 2000 was the
result of increases in the volume of loans originated during the period. Loan
origination related fees which are mainly comprised of application fees and
other fees collected in connection with the loan approval and closing process
increased $3.3 million or 57.0%, for fiscal 2000 from fiscal 1999 mainly due to
a 29.6% increase in loan originations in fiscal 2000 from fiscal 1999.


                                       55

<PAGE>



         Included in fee income are premiums earned on whole loan sales.
Premiums on whole loan sales decreased 24.4% to $1.7 million for fiscal 2000,
from $2.3 million for fiscal 1999. The decrease in premium income was due to a
decline in the average premium earned on whole loan sales from 2.2% in fiscal
1999 to 1.4% in the current year, and a decrease in the volume of whole loan
sales from $105.8 million for fiscal 1999, to $102.7 million for fiscal 2000.

         Interest Accretion on Interest-Only Strips. Interest accretion
represents the yield component of cash flows received on interest-only strips.
Interest accretion of $16.6 million was recorded for fiscal 2000 and $2.0
million was recorded for fiscal 1999.

         We currently use a prospective approach to estimate interest accretion.
Periodically we update estimates of residual cash flow from our securitizations.
When it is probable that there is a favorable change in estimated residual cash
flow from the cash flow previously projected, we recognize a greater percentage
of estimated interest accretion earned by the securitization. Any probable
unfavorable change in estimated residual cash flow would likewise decrease the
percentage of estimated interest accretion earned by the securitization. Any
change in value of the underlying interest-only strip could impact our current
estimate of residual cash flow earned from the securitizations. For example, a
significant change in market interest rates could increase or decrease the level
of prepayments, thereby changing the size of the total managed loan portfolio
and related projected cash flows. See "Securitization Accounting Considerations"
for additional discussion.

         Our methodology and assumptions for each period since March 31, 1999
are further described below.

         The increase in interest accretion was affected by two factors. First,
the increase reflects growth of $94.4 million or 69.6% in the average balance of
interest-only strips from $135.5 million for fiscal 1999 to $229.9 million for
fiscal 2000 and growth in cash flow received from interest-only strips. Second,
cash flows received on interest-only strips were $49.5 million for fiscal 2000
compared to $32.9 million for fiscal 1999. As of June 30, 1998, only one of our
existing securitizations had satisfied its final target overcollateralization
requirement and was generating residual cash flow. As of June 30 1999, five
securitizations had met final overcollateralization requirements and as of June
30, 2000 nine securitizations had met final overcollateralization requirements.
Meeting these final targets as well as the fact that our more recent
securitizations were much larger resulted in a significant increase in cash flow
to us from fiscal 1998 to the present.

         Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999, residual cash flows to us
were limited due to the lack of maturity of the securitizations underlying our
interest-only strips. As described above, as the securitizations matured,
meaning that the final overcollateralization requirements were met, we received
cash flow from a greater number of securitizations. During the period prior to
receiving significant cash flow from the securitizations, we recognized only a
portion of the estimated interest accretion earned on our interest-only strips.
This methodology reflected our uncertainty as to the timing and quantity of
future residual cash flow. Our estimate of the amount of interest accretion to
be recognized did not change until we received expected cash flow for a
sustained period of time. By the last quarter of fiscal 1999, more experience
with the securitization pools was acquired and on a gradual basis more
securitizations were performing as expected in meeting their final targets. At
that time, we were realizing consistent cash flow and based on this historical
experience, we recognized a greater percentage of the estimated interest
accretion earned by the securitizations. By the end of the first quarter of
fiscal 2000, as an even greater number of securitizations were meeting final
targets, again, based on the sustained performance of the securitizations, we
increased the percentage of estimated interest accretion recognized. These
increases reflected our increased certainty as to the amount of ongoing residual
cash flow to be received from the securitization trusts. Throughout fiscal 2000,
the interest accretion recognized by quarter as a percentage of cash flow from
the securitization trusts has remained stable.

         Servicing Income. Servicing income is comprised of contractual and
ancillary fees collected on securitized loans and leases less amortization of
the servicing rights that are recorded at the time loans and leases are
securitized. Ancillary fees include prepayment fees, late fees and other
servicing compensation. For fiscal 2000, servicing income increased $0.9
million, or 27.6%, to $4.2 million, from $3.3 million for fiscal 1999. A
servicing rights write down of $0.7 million was recorded in fiscal 2000 to
reflect the impact of adjustments to prepayment assumptions on earlier mortgage
loan securitizations to reflect actual prepayment experience.


                                       56

<PAGE>



         The following table summarizes the components of servicing income for
the years ended June 30, 2000 and 1999 (in millions):

                                                        Year Ended June 30,
                                                       --------------------
                                                          2000       1999
                                                       ---------   --------
Contractual and ancillary fees.................        $    17.1   $    8.8
Amortization of servicing rights...............            (12.2)      (5.5)
Servicing rights write down....................             (0.7)        --
                                                       ---------   --------
Net servicing income...........................        $     4.2   $    3.3
                                                       =========   ========

         As an annualized percentage of the average managed portfolio, servicing
income before the fiscal 2000 servicing rights write down was 0.33% compared to
0.39% for 1999. The decrease resulted from a lower percentage of loans prepaying
in fiscal 2000. In fiscal 2000, prepayment fees collected as a percentage of the
average managed portfolio were 0.26% compared to 0.39% for fiscal 1999.


         The origination of loans with prepayment fees impacts our servicing
income in two ways. Prepayment fees reduce the likelihood of a borrower
prepaying their loan. This results in prolonging the length of time a loan is
outstanding which increases the contractual servicing fees to be collected over
the life of the loan. Additionally, the terms of our servicing agreements with
the securitization trusts allow us to retain prepayment fees collected from
borrowers as part of our compensation for servicing loans.


         Amortization of the servicing rights asset for securitized loans and
leases is calculated individually for each securitization pool and is recognized
in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated future servicing income on
that particular pool of loans or leases. We perform a valuation analysis of
servicing rights on a quarterly basis to determine the fair value of our
servicing rights. If our valuation analysis indicates the carrying value of
servicing rights are not recoverable through future cash flows from contractual
servicing and other ancillary fees, a valuation allowance or write down would be
recorded. To date, our valuation analysis has not indicated any impairment other
than the $0.7 million write down recorded in fiscal 2000 and no valuation
allowance has been required. Impairment is measured as the excess of carrying
value over fair value.

         Total Expenses. For fiscal 2000, total expenses increased $55.7
million, or 86.3%, to $120.3 million from $64.6 million for fiscal 1999. As
described in more detail below, this increase was a result of increased interest
expense attributable to the sale of subordinated debt and borrowings used to
fund loan and lease originations and increases in employee related costs, sales
and marketing, and general and administrative expenses related to growth in loan
originations, the growth of the total managed portfolio and the continued
building of support area infrastructure and Internet capabilities. In addition a
write down of our interest-only strips of $12.6 million was recorded primarily
as a result of an increase from 11% to 13% in the discount rate used to value
our interest-only strips.


                                       57

<PAGE>



         Interest Expense. For the year ended June 30, 2000, interest expense
increased $15.7 million, or 70.0%, to $38.1 million from $22.4 million for
fiscal 1999. The increase was attributable to an increase in the amount of
subordinated debt outstanding during fiscal 2000, the proceeds of which were
used to fund loan originations, operating activities, repayments of maturing
subordinated debt and investments in systems technology and Internet
capabilities required to position us for future growth. Average subordinated
debt outstanding during fiscal 2000 was $286.6 million compared to $156.6
million during fiscal 1999. Average interest rates paid on subordinated debt
outstanding increased to 10.14% during fiscal 2000 from 9.32% during fiscal
1999. Rates offered on subordinated debt increased in response to general
increases in market rates and to attract funds with a longer average maturity.

         The average outstanding balances under warehouse and other lines of
credit were $102.7 million during fiscal 2000, compared to $102.6 million during
fiscal 1999. In fiscal 2000, we increased the utilization of proceeds from the
sale of subordinated debt to fund loan originations thereby maintaining a
comparable average warehouse line of credit balance while increasing loan
originations. Borrowings under warehouse lines of credit are secured by mortgage
loans and represent advances of cash to us, usually at 98% of the principal
amount of the mortgage loan used as collateral. These borrowings are for a
limited duration, generally no more than 270 days, pending the ultimate sale of
the mortgage loans through securitization or whole loan sale, either of which
will generate the proceeds necessary to retire the borrowing.

         Provision for Credit Losses. An allowance for credit losses for
available for sale loans and leases is maintained primarily to account for loans
and leases that are delinquent and are expected to be ineligible for sale into a
future securitization. The allowance is calculated based upon management's
estimate of the expected collectibility of loans and leases outstanding based
upon a variety of factors, including but not limited to, periodic analysis of
available for sale loans and leases, economic conditions and trends, historical
credit loss experience, borrowers' ability to repay, and collateral
considerations. Although we maintain an allowance for credit losses at the level
we consider adequate to provide for potential losses, there can be no assurances
that actual losses will not exceed the estimated amounts or that an additional
provision will not be required.

         The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for credit
losses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 (in thousands):

                                                      Year Ended June 30,
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                 2000       1999         1998
                                              ---------   --------     --------
Balance at beginning of  period.............. $     702   $    881     $    338
Acquired through acquisition.................        --         --          719
Provision for credit losses..................     2,045        928          491
Charge-offs, net of recoveries...............   (1,458)    (1,107)        (667)
                                              ---------   --------     --------
Balance at end of period..................... $   1,289   $    702     $    881
                                             ==========   ========     ========
                                       58


<PAGE>


         The following table summarizes net charge-off experience by loan type
for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 (in thousands):

                                                      Year Ended June 30,
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                  2000      1999        1998
                                                 ------   --------    --------
Business purpose loans........................   $  225   $    301    $   138
Business purpose loans........................       85        486         --
Equipment Leases..............................    1,148        320        529
                                                 ------   --------    -------
Total.........................................   $1,458   $  1,107    $   667
                                                 ======   ========    =======

         The increase in charge-offs for fiscal 2000 related to deterioration in
our lease portfolio.

         The increase in charge-offs for fiscal 1999 related to the growth in
the total managed portfolio, which increased 110.4% from $559.4 million as of
June 30, 1998 to $1.2 billion as of June 30, 1999, and to loans repurchased from
our securitization trusts. While we are under no obligation to do so, at times
we elect to repurchase some foreclosed and delinquent loans from the
securitization trusts. Under the terms of the securitization agreements,
repurchases are permitted only for foreclosed and delinquent loans and the
purchase prices are at the loans' outstanding contractual balance. Under the
terms of the trust agreements, a foreclosed loan is one where we as servicer
have initiated formal foreclosure proceedings against the borrower and a
delinquent loan is one that is 30 days or more past due. The foreclosed and
delinquent loans we typically elect to repurchase must be 90 days or more
delinquent and are the subject of completed foreclosure proceedings, or where a
completed foreclosure action is imminent. We elect to repurchase loans in
situations requiring more flexibility for the administration and collection of
these loans in order to maximize their economic recovery and to avoid temporary
discontinuations of residual or stepdown overcollateralization cash flows from
securitization trusts. The related charge-offs on these repurchased loans are
included in our provision for credit losses in the period of charge-off. Our
ability to repurchase these loans does not disqualify us for sales accounting
under SFAS No. 125 and other relevant accounting literature because we are not
required to repurchase any loan and our ability to repurchase a loan is limited.



                                       59

<PAGE>



         The following table summarizes the principal balances of loans we have
repurchased from the mortgage loan securitization trusts for the three years
ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998. All loans were repurchased at the
contractual outstanding balances at the time of repurchase. Mortgage loan
securitization trusts are listed only if loan repurchases occurred.

      Summary of Loans Repurchased from Mortgage Loan Securitization Trusts
                                ($ in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  2000-1   1999-3   1999-1  1998-4   1998-3   1998-2   1998-1  1997-2   1997-1
                                                 -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------
<S>                                              <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
Year ended June 30, 2000:
   Business loans..............................  $    --  $   101  $    -- $    --  $    --  $   827  $    -- $   153  $ 2,441
   Home equity loans...........................      167       --       --     363      106    2,588      165      84    1,123
                                                 -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------
     Total.....................................  $   167  $   101  $    -- $   363  $   106  $ 3,415  $   165 $   237  $ 3,564
                                                 =======  =======  ======= =======  =======  =======  ======= =======  =======
   Number of loans repurchased.................        3        1       --       3        1       24        1       6       35
Year ended June 30, 1999:
   Business loans..............................  $    --  $    --  $    -- $    --  $    --  $    --  $    23 $    --  $    51
   Home equity loans...........................       --       --       35      15      311       --      277     265      344
                                                 -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------
     Total.....................................  $    --  $    --  $    35 $    15  $   311  $    --  $   300 $   265  $   395
                                                 =======  =======  ======= =======  =======  =======  ======= =======  =======
   Number of loans repurchased.................       --       --        1       1        2       --        4       4        6
Year ended June 30, 1998:
   Business loans..............................  $    --  $    --  $    -- $    --  $    --  $    --  $    -- $    --  $    33
   Home equity loans...........................       --       --       --      --       --       --       --      --       57
                                                 -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------
     Total.....................................  $    --  $    --  $    -- $    --  $    --  $    --  $    -- $    --  $    90
                                                 =======  =======  ======= =======  =======  =======  ======= =======  =======
   Number of loans repurchased.................  $    --       --       --      --       --       --       --      --        2
</TABLE>


[RESTUB]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1996-2   1996-1   Total
                                                   -------  -------  -------
<S>                                                <C>      <C>      <C>
Year ended June 30, 2000:
   Business loans..............................    $   337  $   259  $ 4,118
   Home equity loans...........................        114       --    4,710
                                                   -------  -------  -------
     Total.....................................    $   451  $   259  $ 8,828
                                                   =======  =======  =======
   Number of loans repurchased.................          6        1       81
Year ended June 30, 1999:
   Business loans..............................    $    --  $    --  $    74
   Home equity loans...........................         --       25    1,272
                                                   -------  -------  -------
     Total.....................................    $    --  $    25  $ 1,346
                                                   =======  =======  =======
   Number of loans repurchased.................         --        1       19
Year ended June 30, 1998:
   Business loans..............................    $   264  $    --  $   297
   Home equity loans...........................        144       --      201
                                                   -------  -------  -------
     Total.....................................    $   408  $    --  $   498
                                                   =======  =======  =======
   Number of loans repurchased.................          2       --        4
</TABLE>



                                       60
<PAGE>


         The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for credit
losses by loan and lease type for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000 (in
thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Business     Home Equity    Equipment
                                               Purpose Loans      Loans         Leases       Total
                                               -------------   -----------    ---------     -------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance at beginning of period...........         $   27        $   243       $   432       $   702
Provision for credit losses..............            660            350         1,035         2,045
Charge-offs, net of recoveries...........           (225)           (85)       (1,148)       (1,458)
                                                 -------        -------       -------       -------
Balance at end of period.................         $  462        $   508       $   319       $ 1,289
                                                 =======        =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>

         Employee Related Costs. For fiscal 2000, employee related costs
increased $7.5 million, to $12.8 million, from $5.3 million for fiscal 1999. The
increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of staff in the
marketing, loan servicing and other business support areas to support the growth
in loan originations and total managed portfolio. The number of employees was
954 at June 30, 2000 and 894 at June 30, 1999.

         Sales and Marketing Expenses. For fiscal 2000, sales and marketing
expenses increased $3.5 million, or 15.9%, to $25.3 million from $21.9 million
for fiscal 1999. Expenses for direct mail advertising increased $6.1 million, or
81.1%, for fiscal 2000 compared to the prior year due to increased use of
targeted direct mail programs for our loan products. These targeted programs are
considered to be more cost effective than the television and radio advertising
campaigns utilized into the second quarter of fiscal 2000. Television and radio
advertising costs decreased by $5.5 million, or 59.9%, for fiscal 2000 compared
to the prior year. In addition, we increased the use of newspaper and periodical
advertising by $1.2 million to generate additional sales of our loan products
and subordinated debt securities. The remaining increase in sales and marketing
expense was due to increased expenditures on various Internet and short-term
telemarketing programs undertaken by the loan origination operations and
expenditures for various corporate communications and initiatives. Subject to
market conditions, we plan to selectively increase the funding for advertising
in markets where we believe we can generate significant additional increases in
loan originations and sales of subordinated debt securities.

         General and Administrative Expenses. For fiscal 2000, general and
administrative expenses increased $15.3 million, or 108.9%, to $29.3 million
from $14.0 million for fiscal 1999. The increase was primarily attributable to
increases in rent, telephone, office supplies and equipment, expenses associated
with real estate owned, professional fees, investments in systems and technology
and other expenses incurred as a result of the previously discussed growth in
loan originations, the volume of total loans and leases managed during fiscal
2000 and the continued building of support area infrastructure and Internet
capabilities.

         Interest-Only Strips Fair Value Adjustment. In fiscal 2000, a write
down of $12.6 million was recorded on our interest-only strips. The write down
included a charge of $11.2 million related to an increase from 11% to 13% in the
discount rate used to value our interest-only strips. This change in the
discount rate was considered a permanent fair value adjustment and was recorded
as expense in fiscal 2000. The write down also included a charge of $1.9 million
for the impact of changes in one-month LIBOR deemed to be permanent. A portion
of the certificates issued to investors by securitization trusts have floating
interest rates based on one-month LIBOR plus a spread. The fair value of the
excess cash flow we will receive from these trusts would be affected by any
changes in rates paid on the floating rate certificates. The write down included
a credit of $0.5 million for the net impact of adjustments made to the
prepayment assumptions on mortgage loan securitizations at June 30, 2000. The
fair value of our interest-only strips at June 30, 2000 was $277.9 million. See
"Securitization Accounting Considerations" for a discussion of the discount rate
and prepayment assumptions. See "Interest Rate Risk Management - Interest-only
Strips and Servicing Rights" for a discussion of the impact of one-month LIBOR.


                                       61

<PAGE>



         Provision for Income Taxes. In fiscal 2000, our effective tax rate
increased to 38.0% from 35.5% in fiscal 1999 due to increased state tax
liabilities. As a result of our geographic expansion, we have increased the
number of states we are now doing significant business in and have increased our
tax provision for additional tax liabilities in certain states.

Year Ended June 30, 1999 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 1998

         Total Revenues. Total revenues increased $27.1 million, or 45.7%, to
$86.4 million for fiscal 1999 from $59.3 million for fiscal 1998. The increase
was primarily attributable to increases in gains on sale of loans and leases
through securitizations, increases in interest accretion on interest-only strips
and servicing income.

         Gain on Sale of Loans and Leases. For fiscal 1999, gains of $64.5
million were recorded on the securitization of $777.5 million of loans and
leases. This is an increase of $23.7 million, or 58.1%, over gains of $40.8
million recorded on securitizations of $384.7 million of loans and leases for
fiscal 1998.

         The increase in securitization gains for fiscal 1999 was primarily due
to the higher volume of loans securitized as reflected in the table above. The
securitization gain as a percentage of mortgage loans securitized, 9.1% for
fiscal 1999, was down from 12.3% on mortgage loans securitized for fiscal 1998.
Including leases securitized, the gain percentages on loans and leases
securitized for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 were 8.3% and
10.6%, respectively. The decrease in the gain percentage on mortgage loans
securitized for fiscal 1999 was primarily due to a reduction in the spread
between the average coupon on loans securitized and the pass-through rate paid
to investors, a lower percentage of business loans securitized for fiscal 1999,
and the impact of the January 1, 1999 adoption of SFAS No. 134. For fiscal 1999,
business loans securitized, which have a higher coupon than home equity loans,
represented 10.5% of total loans securitized, compared to 16.6% of total loans
securitized for fiscal 1998. The lower percentage of business loans securitized
resulted in a reduced value of the interest-only strips generated from the pool
of securitized loans. See "Securitization Accounting Considerations" for more
detail on average coupons on loans securitized and pass-through rates paid to
investors. The impact of SFAS No. 134 is discussed below.

         The unfavorable impacts of the reduction in spread for fiscal 1999, a
lower percentage of business loans securitized for fiscal 1999, and the impact
of SFAS No. 134 were partially offset by a reduction in the annual prepayment
rate assumption on business loans and an increase in the length of the
prepayment ramp period for home equity loans. Due to increases in the volume of
loans originated with prepayment fees, we have reduced the annual prepayment
rate assumption on business loans and lengthened the prepayment ramp period for
home equity loans for mortgage loan securitizations beginning with the 1999-1
securitization. See "Year Ended June 30, 2000 Compared to Year Ended June 30,
1999" for further explanation of the reduction in the annual prepayment rate
assumption on business loans and the increase in the length of the prepayment
ramp period for home equity loans.


                                       62

<PAGE>



         SFAS No. 134 requires that, after the securitization of a mortgage loan
held for sale, an entity classify the resulting mortgage-backed security or
other retained interests based on its ability and intent to hold or sell those
investments. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 134, as of January 1,
1999, we reclassified our interest-only strips from trading securities to
available for sale securities. As available for sale securities, the difference
on the date of securitization between the fair value of an interest-only strip
and its allocated cost is recorded in stockholders' equity and reported as a
component of comprehensive income. Fair value adjustments of $5.8 million
pre-tax were recorded as a component of comprehensive income in the third and
fourth quarters of fiscal 1999. In fiscal 1998, which was prior to the adoption
of SFAS No. 134 and the resulting reclassification from trading securities to
available for sale securities, all differences on the date of securitization
between fair value and allocated cost of interest-only strips were recognized in
securitization gains.

         Interest and Fee Income. Interest and fee income was $16.6 million for
fiscal 1999, a decrease of $0.8 million, or 4.8% from fiscal 1998. Interest and
fee income consists primarily of income earned on available for sale loans and
leases, premiums earned on whole loan sales and other ancillary fees collected
in connection with loan and lease originations.

         Interest income decreased $3.1 million, or 29.5%, to $7.4 million for
fiscal 1999 as compared to $10.5 million for fiscal 1998. This decrease was
primarily attributable to a reduction in the duration of time available for sale
loans accrued interest income prior to securitization and a reduction in the
average coupon earned on loans and leases originated, from 11.63% in fiscal 1998
to 11.30% in fiscal 1999. The decline in the average coupon in fiscal 1999
primarily resulted from competitive pricing in the home equity lending market.

         Fee income increased $2.3 million, or 34.2%, to $9.2 million for fiscal
1999 from $6.9 million for fiscal 1998. The increase in fee income was due to an
increase in ancillary fees earned in connection with increased originations. An
increase in loan and lease origination related fees, which are primarily
comprised of application fees and other fees collected in connection with the
loan and lease approval and closing process, of $2.8 million was partially
offset by a decrease in premiums on whole loan sales.

         Premiums on whole loan sales decreased 15.7% to $2.3 million for fiscal
year ended June 30, 1999 from $2.7 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 1998.
The decrease in premiums on whole loan sales for fiscal 1999 was due to a
decrease in the average premium earned on whole loan sales. For fiscal 1998, the
average premium earned on whole loan sales was 5.2% compared to 2.2% in fiscal
1999. The decrease was due to general market corrections in the whole loan sale
market where purchasers of whole loans were no longer willing to pay the level
of premiums previously earned. The decrease in the average premium earned was
partially offset by a 105.0% increase in the volume of whole loan sales in
fiscal 1999 to $105.8 million from $51.6 million during fiscal 1998.


                                       63

<PAGE>



         Interest Accretion on Interest-Only Strips. Interest accretion
represents the interest component of cash flows received on interest-only
strips. Interest accretion of $2.0 million was recorded for fiscal 1999 compared
to $0.5 for fiscal 1998. The increase in interest accretion reflects the growth
in the average balance of interest-only strips of 111.4%, or $135.5 million for
fiscal 1999 from $64.1 million for fiscal 1998 and growth in cash flow received
on interest-only strips. Cash flows received on interest-only strips were $32.9
million for fiscal 1999, compared to $13.4 million for fiscal 1998. Because of
the cash flow performance of the interest-only strips, we began to recognize
greater amounts of accretion in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999. See "Year
Ended June 30, 2000 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 1999" for further
explanation of the increase in the amounts of accretion recognized in fiscal
1999.

         Servicing Income. Servicing income is comprised of contractual and
ancillary fees collected on securitized loans and leases, less amortization of
the servicing rights recorded at the time the loans and leases are securitized.
Servicing income increased $2.8 million, or 597.7%, to $3.3 million for fiscal
1999, from $0.5 million for fiscal 1998. This increase resulted from the higher
average total managed portfolio, which was $915.8 million during fiscal 1999
compared to $368.0 million during fiscal 1998, an increase of 148.9%. As a
percentage of the average managed portfolio, servicing income increased to 0.36%
for fiscal 1999, from 0.13% for fiscal 1998, as a result of the increase in the
origination of loans with prepayment fees and the collection of other ancillary
fees. The origination of loans with prepayment fees increases our servicing
income in two ways. Prepayment fees reduce the likelihood of borrowers prepaying
their loans. This results in prolonging the period these loans are outstanding
which increases the contractual servicing fees collected over the life of the
loans. Additionally, the terms of our servicing agreements with securitization
trusts allow us to retain prepayment fees collected from borrowers as part of
our compensation for servicing loans. As a result, if a borrower does prepay a
loan, we are compensated for the loss of the remaining contractual servicing
fees that would have been collected over the remaining term of the loan by
receiving a lump sum fee at the time the prepayment occurs.

         Total Expenses. Total expenses increased $23.1 million, or 55.8%, to
$64.6 million for fiscal 1999, from $41.4 million for fiscal 1998. As described
in more detail below, this increase was primarily a result of higher interest
expense attributable to sales of subordinated debt securities and borrowings
used to fund loan and lease originations and increases in sales and marketing,
and general and administrative expenses. These increases related to the growth
in loan and lease originations, the growth in the total managed portfolio and
the continued building of support area infrastructure to support the increases
in originated and managed portfolios.

         Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $9.2 million, or 70.0%, to
$22.4 million for fiscal 1999 from $13.2 million for the year ended June 30,
1998. The increase was attributable to an increase in the amount of subordinated
debt outstanding during fiscal 1999, the proceeds of which were used to fund
operating activities, repayments of maturing subordinated debt and investments
in operations required to position us for future growth, and the interest costs
related to greater utilization of warehouse and credit line facilities to fund
loan and lease originations. Average subordinated debt outstanding during fiscal
1999 was $156.6 million compared to $85.8 million during fiscal 1998. Average
interest rates paid on outstanding subordinated debt increased to 9.32% for
fiscal 1999 from 9.23% for fiscal 1998 due to increases in the rates offered on
subordinated debt in order to respond to general increases in market rates and
to attract additional funds. The average outstanding balances under warehouse
and other credit lines were $102.6 million during fiscal 1999, compared to $57.6
million during fiscal 1998.


                                       64

<PAGE>



         Provision for Credit Losses. The provision for credit losses for fiscal
1999 was $0.9 million, compared to $0.5 million for fiscal 1998. An allowance
for credit losses for available for sale loans and leases is maintained
primarily to account for loans and leases that are delinquent and are expected
to be ineligible for sale into a future securitization. The allowance for credit
losses was $0.7 million at June 30, 1999 as compared to $0.9 million at June 30,
1998.

         The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for credit
losses by loan and lease type for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Business     Home Equity    Equipment
                                               Purpose Loans      Loans         Leases       Total
                                               -------------   -----------    ---------     -------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance at beginning of period............        $  49        $  433        $  399         $  881
Provision for credit losses...............          278           296           354            928
Charge-offs, net of recoveries............         (301)         (486)         (320)        (1,107)
                                                 ------        ------        ------         ------
Balance at end of period..................        $  26        $  243        $  433         $  702
                                                 ======        ======        ======         ======
</TABLE>

         Net charge-offs increased $0.4 million to $1.1 million in fiscal 1999
primarily due to the growth in the total managed portfolio which increased
110.4% from $559.4 million as of June 30, 1998 to $1.2 billion as of June 30,
1999 and to loans repurchased from our securitization trusts. While we are under
no obligation to do so, we elect to repurchase some foreclosed and delinquent
loans from the securitization trusts. Under the terms of the securitization
agreements, repurchases are permitted only for foreclosed and delinquent loans
and the purchase prices are at the loans' outstanding contractual balance. We
elect to repurchase loans in situations requiring more flexibility for the
administration and collection of these loans in order to maximize their economic
recovery and to avoid temporary discontinuations of residual or stepdown
overcollateralization cash flows from securitization trusts. The related
charge-offs on these repurchased loans are included in our provision for credit
losses in the period of charge-off.

         Employee Related Costs. Employee related costs increased $0.3 million,
or 5.7% to $5.3 million for fiscal 1999 from $5.0 million for fiscal 1998. The
increase was primarily the result of additions to staff in support of the
increased marketing efforts, loan and lease originations and servicing
activities. The number of employees at June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997 were 894,
638 and 250, respectively. Management anticipates that these expenses will
continue to increase in the future as our expansion continues and loan and lease
originations continue to increase.

         Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased
$7.7 million, or 54.2%, to $21.9 million for fiscal 1999 from $14.2 million for
fiscal 1998. The increases were primarily attributable to targeted television
and radio advertising related to home equity loans and advertising costs
resulting from increased newspaper and direct mail advertising related to sales
of subordinated debt and loan products. During fiscal 1999, targeted television
advertising was intensified in Chicago, Florida and Georgia. Subject to market
conditions, we plan to continue to expand our service area throughout the United
States. As a result, it is anticipated that sales and marketing expenses will
continue to increase in the future.


                                       65

<PAGE>



         General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative
expenses increased $5.5 million, or 64.7%, to $14.0 million for fiscal 1999 from
$8.5 million for fiscal 1998. The increase was primarily attributable to
increases in rent, telephone, office expenses, professional fees and other
expenses incurred as a result of previously discussed increases in loan and
lease originations and in the volume of total loans and leases managed during
fiscal 1999 and the continued building of support area infrastructure to support
the increases in originations and the total managed portfolio.

         Income Taxes. Income taxes increased $1.4 million, or 20.6%, to $7.8
million for fiscal 1999 from $6.4 million for fiscal 1998 due to an increase in
income before income taxes. The effective tax rate for fiscal 1999 was 35.5%,
compared to 36% for fiscal 1998.

Financial Condition

                            Balance Sheet Information
                      (in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  June 30,
                                                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                                      2000           1999            1998
                                                                   ---------     -----------      ----------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>              <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................................       $  69,751     $    22,395      $    4,486
Loan and lease receivables, net:
   Available for sale.......................................          44,132          33,776          62,382
   Other....................................................          13,002           6,863           4,096
Interest-only strips........................................         277,872         178,218          95,913
Servicing rights............................................          74,919          43,210          18,472
Receivable for sold loans and leases........................          51,283          66,086           2,377
   Total assets.............................................         592,668         396,301         226,551

Subordinated debt...........................................         390,676         211,652         112,182
Warehouse lines and other notes payable.....................          50,842          58,691          32,403
Total liabilities...........................................         530,553         338,055         183,809
   Total stockholders' equity...............................          62,115          58,246          42,742

Book value per common share.................................           18.69           16.24           11.55
Debt to tangible equity(a)(d)...............................          11.64x           7.83x           6.94x
Adjusted debt to tangible equity (b)(d).....................           8.27x           7.01x           5.32x
Subordinated debt to tangible equity(d).....................            8.6x            4.9x            4.2x
Interest-only strips to adjusted tangible equity (c)(d).....            2.6x            2.5x            2.2x
</TABLE>

-----------------------------
(a)  Total liabilities to tangible equity.
(b)  Total liabilities less cash and secured borrowings to tangible equity.
(c)  Interest-only strips less overcollateralization interests to tangible
     equity plus subordinated debt with a remaining maturity greater than five
     years.
(d)  Tangible equity is calculated as total stockholders' equity less goodwill.


                                       66

<PAGE>


June 30, 2000 Compared to June 30, 1999

         Total assets increased $196.4 million, or 49.6%, to $592.7 million at
June 30, 2000 from $396.3 million at June 30, 1999 due primarily to increases in
interest-only strips, cash and cash equivalents and servicing rights.

         Cash and cash equivalents increased $47.4 million, or 211.5% to $69.8
million at June 30, 2000 from $22.4 million at June 30, 1999 primarily due to
receipts from sales of subordinated debt securities.

         Interest-only strips increased $99.7 million, or 55.9%, to $277.9
million at June 30, 2000 from $178.2 million at June 30, 1999. During fiscal
2000, $1.0 billion in loan and lease securitizations were completed resulting in
the recognition of $111.7 million of interest-only strips. Activity of our
interest-only strips for fiscal 2000 and 1999 were as follows (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  2000          1999
                                                                                --------      ---------
<S>                                                                             <C>             <C>
Balance at beginning of year............................................        $178,218      $  95,913
Initial recognition of
   Interest-only strips, including initial overcollateralization of
     $11,232 and $4,825, respectively....................................         111,714         93,175
Required purchases of additional overcollateralization..................         29,925         16,682
Interest accretion and other............................................          16,616          2,021
Cash flow from interest-only strips.....................................         (49,508)       (32,927)
Net temporary adjustments to fair value.................................           3,510          3,354
Permanent fair value adjustment.........................................         (12,603)            --
                                                                                --------      ---------
Balance at end of year..................................................        $277,872      $ 178,218
                                                                                ========      =========
</TABLE>

         In fiscal 2000, a write down of $12.6 million was recorded on our
interest-only strips. The write down included a charge of $11.2 million related
to an increase from 11% to 13% in the discount rate used to value our
interest-only strips. This change in the discount rate was considered a
permanent fair value adjustment and was recorded as expense in fiscal 2000. The
write down also included a charge of $1.9 million for the impact of changes in
one-month LIBOR deemed to be permanent. A portion of the certificates issued to
investors by securitization trusts are floating interest rate certificates based
on one-month LIBOR plus a spread. The fair value of the excess cash flow we will
receive from these trusts would be affected by any changes in rates paid on the
floating rate certificates. See "Interest Rate Risk Management - Interest-only
Strips and Servicing Rights" for a discussion of the impact of one-month LIBOR.
The write down included a credit of $0.5 million for the net favorable impact of
adjustments made to the prepayment assumptions on mortgage loan securitizations
to reflect actual experience at June 30, 2000. See "Securitization Accounting
Considerations" for a discussion of the discount rate and prepayment
assumptions.



                                       67

<PAGE>



         The following table summarizes the purchases of overcollateralization
by trust for the three years ending June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998. See
"Securitization Accounting Considerations" for a discussion of
overcollateralization requirements.


     Summary of Mortgage Loan Securitization Overcollateralization Purchases
                                ($ in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Off-
                                                Balance
                                                Sheet
                                                Facility   2000-2  2000-1   1999-4   1999-3   1999-2   1999-1  1998-4   1998-3
                                                -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
<S>                                             <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Year ended June 30, 2000:
Initial overcollateralization................   $  2,909 $  2,114 $ 1,776 $  2,222 $  2,211 $     -- $     -- $    -- $     --
Required purchases of additional
  overcollateralization......................         --       --   2,303    4,040    5,125    7,585    6,601   1,348    2,923
                                                -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
   Total.....................................   $  2,909 $  2,114 $ 4,079 $  6,262 $  7,336 $  7,585 $  6,601 $ 1,348 $  2,923
                                                ======== ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ========
Year ended June 30, 1999:
Initial overcollateralization................                                               $  1,100 $    925 $   800 $  2,000
Required purchases of additional
  overcollateralization......................                                                     --    1,724   1,852    5,076
                                                -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
   Total.....................................         --               --       --       -- $  1,100 $  2,649 $ 2,652 $  7,076
                                                ======== ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ========
Year ended June 30, 1998:
Initial overcollateralization................
Required purchases of additional
  overcollateralization......................
                                                -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
   Total.....................................         --               --       --       --       --       --      --       --
                                                ======== ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ========
</TABLE>



[RESTUB]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1998-2   1998-1  1997-2   1997-1   1996-2   1996-1   Total
                                                 -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Year ended June 30, 2000:
Initial overcollateralization................                                                         $ 11,232
Required purchases of additional
  overcollateralization......................                                                           29,925
                                                 -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
   Total.....................................          --       --      --       --       --       -- $ 41,157
                                                 ======== ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== ========
Year ended June 30, 1999:
Initial overcollateralization................    $     -- $     -- $    --                            $  4,825
Required purchases of additional
  overcollateralization......................       4,307    2,267   1,456                            $ 16,682
                                                 -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
   Total.....................................    $  4,307 $  2,267 $ 1,456       --       --       -- $ 21,507
                                                 ======== ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== ========
Year ended June 30, 1998:
Initial overcollateralization................    $  1,801 $  1,575 $ 2,000 $     -- $     -- $     -- $  5,376
Required purchases of additional
  overcollateralization......................           3    1,938   3,544    2,972    1,334      170    9,961
                                                 -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
   Total.....................................    $  1,804 $  3,513 $ 5,544 $  2,972 $  1,334 $    170 $ 15,337
                                                 ======== ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>


                                       68


<PAGE>



         Servicing rights increased $31.7 million, or 73.4%, to $74.9 million at
June 30, 2000 from $43.2 million at June 30, 1999 due primarily to the recording
of $44.6 million of servicing rights obtained in connection with loan and lease
securitizations, partially offset by amortization of servicing rights.

         Total liabilities increased $192.5 million, or 56.9%, to $530.6 million
at June 30, 2000 from $338.1 million at June 30, 1999 due primarily to increases
in subordinated debt, deferred income taxes and other liabilities. Subordinated
debt increased $179.0 million, or 84.6%, to $390.7 million at June 30, 2000 due
to net sales of subordinated debt securities. See "Liquidity and Capital
Resources" for further detail. Deferred income taxes increased $6.2 million, or
37.2%, to $22.8 million at June 30, 2000 due to the structuring of
securitization transactions as debt for tax transactions. As debt for tax
transactions, the tax liability on securitization gains is deferred and becomes
payable in future periods as cash is received from securitization trusts.
Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $4.7 million, or 17.4%, to $31.5
million at June 30, 2000 primarily due to an increase in accrued interest
payable on subordinated debt.


June 30, 1999 Compared to June 30, 1998

         Total assets increased $169.7 million, or 74.9%, to $396.3 million at
June 30, 1999 from $226.6 million at June 30, 1998 due primarily to increases in
interest-only strips and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and
servicing rights.

         Cash and cash equivalents increased $17.9 million, or 399.2% to $22.4
million at June 30, 1999 from $4.5 million at June 30, 1998 primarily due to
receipts from sales of subordinated debt securities.

         Interest-only strips increased $82.3 million, or 85.8%, to $178.2
million at June 30, 1999 from $95.9 million at June 30, 1998. During fiscal
1999, $777.5 million in loan and lease securitizations were completed. A
detailed analysis of the account activity for fiscal 1999 is presented above.


         Servicing rights increased $24.7 million, or 133.9%, to $43.2 million
at June 30, 1999 from $18.5 million at June 30, 1998 due primarily to the
recording of $30.3 million of servicing rights obtained in connection with loan
and lease securitizations, partially offset by amortization of servicing rights.

         Loan and lease receivables - available for sale decreased $28.6
million, or 45.9%, at June 30, 1999, primarily due to the timing and size of
fourth quarter fiscal 1999 securitizations. Mortgage loans securitized in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1999 were $220.0 million compared to $120.0 million in
the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998.


         Total liabilities increased $154.3 million, or 83.9%, to $338.1 million
at June 30, 1999 from $183.8 million at June 30, 1998 due primarily to increases
in subordinated debt and warehouse lines and other notes payable. The increase
in subordinated debt of $99.5 million, or 87.0%, was primarily attributable to
net sales of subordinated debt securities. Additional borrowings of $26.3
million, net of repayments, were obtained under warehouse and line of credit
facilities to fund lending and leasing activities. See "Liquidity and Capital
Resources" for further detail.



                                       69

<PAGE>

         Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $11.3 million, or
72.4%, to $26.8 million at June 30, 1999 from $15.6 million at June 30, 1998 due
to growth in lending and leasing activities resulting in larger accruals for
interest expense and other operating expenses. Deferred income taxes increased
$5.7 million, or 52.8%, to $16.6 million at June 30, 1999 from $10.9 million at
June 30, 1998 due to timing differences in recognition of income from
securitizations.





                                       70

<PAGE>

Managed Portfolio Quality

         The following table provides data concerning delinquency experience,
real estate owned and loss experience for the loan and lease portfolio serviced
(dollars in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             June 30,
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
                                       2000               1999                1998
                                     --------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------
        Delinquency by Type           Amount      %      Amount      %       Amount      %
------------------------------------ --------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
Business Purpose Loans
Total managed portfolio..............$  221,546         $  148,932         $101,250
                                     ==========         ==========         ========
Period of delinquency:
  31-60 days.........................$      908    .41% $    1,506   1.01% $  1,236    1.22%
  61-90 days.........................     1,757    .79         475    .32       928     .92
  Over 90 days.......................    11,362   5.13       8,612   5.78     3,562    3.52
                                      ---------  ------  ----------  ----- --------    -----
  Total delinquencies................$   14,027   6.33% $   10,593   7.11% $  5,726    5.66%
                                     ==========  ======  ==========  ===== ========    =====
REO..................................$    1,299         $    2,881         $    611
                                     ==========         ==========         ========
Home Equity Loans
Total managed portfolio..............$1,578,038         $  858,806         $349,685
                                     ==========         ==========         ========
Period of delinquency:
  31-60 days.........................$    6,596    .42% $    4,836    .56% $  3,726    1.08%
  61-90 days.........................     5,659    .36       4,149    .48     1,022     .30
  Over 90 days.......................    27,600   1.75      15,346   1.79     3,541    1.02
                                      ---------  ------  ----------  ----- --------    -----
  Total delinquencies................    39,855   2.53% $   24,331   2.83% $  8,289    2.40%
                                      =========  ======  ==========  ===== ========    =====
REO  ................................$   11,823         $    7,067         $    311
                                     ==========         ==========         ========
Equipment Leases
Total managed portfolio..............$  118,956         $  169,180         $108,463
                                     ==========         ==========         ========
Period of delinquency:
  31-60 days.........................$      475    .40% $      389    .23% $  1,000     .92%
  61-90 days.........................       478    .40         425    .25       320     .30
  Over 90 days.......................       992    .83       1,826   1.08     1,478    1.36
                                      ---------  ------  ----------  ----- --------    -----
  Total delinquencies................$    1,945   1.63% $    2,640   1.56% $  2,798    2.58%
                                      =========  ======  ==========  ===== ========    =====
              Combined
-------------------------------------
Total managed portfolio..............$1,918,540         $1,176,918         $559,398
                                     ==========         ==========         ========
Period of delinquency:
  31-60 days......................... $   7,979    .42% $    6,731    .57% $  5,962    1.07%
  61-90 days.........................     7,894    .41       5,049    .43     2,270     .41
  Over 90 days.......................    39,954   2.08      25,784   2.19     8,581    1.53
                                      ---------  ------  ----------  ----- --------    -----
  Total delinquencies................$   55,827   2.91% $   37,564   3.19% $ 16,813    3.01%
                                      =========  ======  ==========  ===== ========    =====
REO  ................................$   13,122    .68% $    9,948    .85% $    922     .16%
                                      =========  ======  ==========  ===== ========    =====
Losses experienced during the
period(a)(b)
  Loans.............................. $   3,319    .25%   $     817   .11% $    138     .05%
  Leases.............................     1,339   1.04%         320   .27%      529     .90%
                                      ---------  ------  ----------  ----- --------    -----
  Total losses....................... $   4,658    .31%  $    1,137   .12% $    667     .12%
                                      =========  ======  ==========  ===== ========    =====
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



------------------------------
(a)   Percentage based on average total managed portfolio.
(b)   Losses recorded on our books for loans owned by us including loans
      repurchased from securitization trusts were $2.1 million ($1.5 million
      from charge-offs through the provision for credit losses and $0.6 million
      for write downs of real estate owned) for the year ended June 30, 2000.
      Losses absorbed by loan securitization trusts were $2.6 million for fiscal
      2000. Losses recorded on our books for loans owned by us including loans
      repurchased from securitization trusts were $1.1 million and losses
      absorbed by securitization trusts were $30,000 for the year ended June 30,
      1999. All losses recorded for the year ended June 30, 1998 related to
      loans owned by us including loans repurchased from securitization trusts.

Delinquent Loans and Leases

         Total delinquencies (loans and leases with payments past due greater
than 30 days) in the total managed portfolio were $55.8 million at June 30, 2000
compared to $37.6 million at June 30, 1999 and $16.8 million at June 30, 1998.
Total delinquencies as a percentage of the total managed portfolio (the
"delinquency rate") were 2.91% at June 30, 2000 compared to 3.19% at June 30,
1999 and 3.01% at June 30, 1998 on a total managed portfolio of $1.9 billion at
June 30, 2000, $1.2 billion at June 30, 1999 and $559.4 million at June 30,
1998.

         Delinquent loans and leases held as available for sale (which are
included in total delinquencies) at June 30, 2000 were $3.0 million, or 5.29%.
At June 30, 2000, $4.3 million of available for sale loans were on non-accrual
status. See "Risk Factors -- Lending to credit-impaired borrowers may result in
higher delinquencies in our managed portfolio which could result in a reduction
in profits and restrict our ability to repay the notes" for a discussion of
risks associated with increases in delinquencies.

                                       71
<PAGE>






Real Estate Owned

         Total real estate owned, comprising foreclosed properties and deeds
acquired in lieu of foreclosure, increased to $13.1 million or 0.68% of the
total managed portfolio at June 30, 2000 compared to $9.9 million or 0.85% at
June 30, 1999, and $0.9 million or 0.16% at June 30, 1998. The increase in the
volume of real estate owned reflects the seasoning of the managed portfolio and
the results of loss mitigation initiatives of quick repossession of collateral
through accelerated foreclosure processes and "Cash For Keys" programs. Cash for
Keys is a program utilized in select situations. When collateral values of loans
support the action, a delinquent borrower may be offered a monetary payment in
exchange for the deed to a property held as collateral for a loan. This process
eliminates the need to initiate a formal foreclosure process, which could take
many months.

         Included in total real estate owned at June 30, 2000 was $1.7 million
recorded in our financial statements, and $11.4 million in loan securitization
trusts. Property acquired by foreclosure or in settlement of loan and lease
receivables is recorded in our financial statements at the lower of the cost
basis in the loan or fair value of the property less estimated costs to sell.

Loss Experience

         During fiscal 2000, we experienced net loan and lease charge-offs in
our total managed portfolio of $4.7 million. Net loan charge-offs for fiscal
2000 represent 0.31% of the average total managed portfolio. Loss severity
experience on delinquent loans generally has ranged from 5% to 15% of principal
and loss severity experience on real estate owned generally has ranged from 25%
to 30% of principal. The business purpose loans we originate have average
loan-to-value ratios of 61.0%. The home equity loans we originate have average
loan to value ratios of 78.9% and the predominant share of our home mortgage
products are first liens as opposed to junior lien loans. We believe these
factors may mitigate some potential losses on our managed portfolio.


Interest Rate Risk Management

         A primary market risk exposure that we face is interest rate risk.
Profitability and financial performance is sensitive to changes in U.S. Treasury
yields, LIBOR yields and the spread between the effective rate of interest
received on loans and leases available for sale or securitized (generally fixed
interest rates) and the interest rates paid pursuant to credit facilities or the
pass-through rate to investors for interests issued in connection with
securitizations. A substantial and sustained increase in market interest rates
could adversely affect our ability to originate and purchase loans. The overall
objective of our interest rate risk management strategy is to mitigate the
effects of changing interest rates on profitability and the fair value of
interest rate sensitive balances (primarily loans and leases available for sale,
interest-only strips, servicing rights and subordinated debt).

                                       72

<PAGE>



         Due to increases in market interest rates, we expect our ability to
originate loans at rates that will maintain our current level of profitability
will become more difficult than during a stable or falling interest rate
environment. We are addressing this challenge by carefully monitoring our
product pricing, the actions of our competition and market trends in order to
continue to originate loans in as profitable a manner as possible. The higher
rate environment could also unfavorably impact our liquidity and capital
resources. Higher interest rates could impact our short-term liquidity by
widening investor spread requirements in pricing future securitizations,
increasing the levels of overcollateralization in future securitizations,
limiting our access to borrowings in the capital markets and limiting our
ability to sell our subordinated debt securities at favorable interest rates. In
a rising interest rate environment, short-term and long-term liquidity could
also be impacted by increased interest costs on all sources of borrowed funds,
including the subordinated debt, and by reducing spreads on our securitized
loans, which would reduce our cash flows. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources"
for a discussion of both long and short term liquidity and "Risk Factors -- If
we are not able to sustain the levels of growth in revenues and earnings that we
experienced in the past, our future profits may be reduced."


         Interest Rate Sensitivity. The following table provides information
about financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For
interest-only strips and servicing rights, the table presents projected
principal cash flows utilizing assumptions including prepayment and default
rates. See "Securitization Accounting Considerations" for more information on
these assumptions. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows
and related average interest rates by expected maturity dates (dollars in
thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Amount Maturing After June 30, 2000
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          There-                Fair
                                   2001       2002       2003       2004       2005       after    Total        Value
                                ----------  ---------  ---------  --------   --------  ---------  --------  -----------
<S>                             <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
Rate Sensitive Assets:
Loans and leases available for
 sale (a)........................$  41,453  $      30  $      34  $     38   $     43   $   2,444  $  44,132  $  45,330
Interest-only strips.............   38,818     54,406     57,417    52,763     47,116     167,116    417,636    277,872
Servicing rights.................   23,677     18,984     14,689    11,340      8,771      36,253    113,714     75,400
Investments held to maturity.....       60         59         73        93        129         569        983        859
Investments available for sale...      713         --         --        --         --          --        713        713

Rate Sensitive Liabilities:
Fixed interest rate borrowings...$ 178,192  $  97,407  $  46,715  $  20,787  $  19,677  $  28,455  $ 391,233  $ 388,148
Average interest rate............     9.85%     11.12%     11.47%     11.42%     11.92%     12.08%     10.71%
Variable interest rate
 borrowings......................$  41,136  $   1,625  $   1,625  $     785  $   4,976  $     698  $  50,285  $  50,285
Average interest rate............     8.28%      8.44%      8.44%      8.44%      8.44%       844%      8.31%
</TABLE>


------------------------
(a)   For purposes of this table, all loans and leases which qualify for
      securitization are reflected as maturing within twelve months, since loans
      and leases available for sale are generally held for less than three
      months prior to securitization.

                                       73

<PAGE>



         Loans and Leases Available for Sale. Gain on sale of loans may be
unfavorably impacted to the extent fixed rate available for sale mortgage loans
are held prior to securitization. A significant variable affecting the gain on
sale of loans in a securitization is the spread between the average coupon rate
on fixed rate loans and the weighted average pass-through rate to investors for
interests issued in connection with the securitization. Although the average
loan coupon rate is fixed at the time the loan is originated, the pass-through
rate to investors is not fixed until the pricing of the securitization which
occurs just prior to the sale of the loans. Therefore, if market rates required
by investors increase prior to securitization of the loans, the spread between
the average coupon rate on the loans and the pass-through rate to investors may
be reduced or eliminated, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition. We estimate that each 0.1%
reduction in the spread reduces the gain on sale of loans as a percentage of
loans securitized by approximately 0.25%.

         Hedging strategies may be utilized in an attempt to mitigate the effect
of changes in interest rates between the date rate commitments on loans are made
and the date the fixed rate pass-through certificates to be issued by a
securitization trust are priced, a period typically less than 90 days. These
strategies include the utilization of derivative financial instruments such as
futures and forward pricing on securitizations. The nature and quality of
hedging transactions are determined based on various factors, including market
conditions and the expected volume of mortgage loan originations and purchases.
At the time the contract is executed, derivative contracts are specifically
designated as hedges of mortgage loans, loan commitments or of our residual
interests in mortgage loans in our conduit facility to be included in the next
subsequent securitization. The mortgage loans, loan commitments and mortgage
loans underlying residual interests in mortgage conduit pools consist of
essentially similar pools of fixed rate loans and loan commitments,
collateralized by real estate (primarily residential real estate) with similar
maturities and similar credit characteristics. Fixed rate pass-through
certificates issued by securitization trusts are generally priced to yield a
spread above a benchmark rate based on U.S. Treasury securities with a
three-year maturity. The U.S. Treasury Department has embarked on a repurchase
program as a result of budget surpluses resulting in less liquidity in the
Treasury market. As a result the asset-backed security market is moving toward
pricing that is based on the Eurodollar and the interest rate swap markets.
Therefore, we have incorporated Eurodollar futures into our hedging program. We
hedge potential rate changes in Treasury securities and Eurodollars with futures
contracts on similar underlying securities. This has provided strong correlation
between our hedge contracts and the ultimate pricing we have received on the
subsequent securitization. The gain or loss derived from these hedging
transactions is deferred, reported in other assets or other liabilities and
recognized as an adjustment to the gains on sale of loans when the loans are
securitized. Cash flow related to hedging activities is reported as it occurs.
Gains or losses on terminated contracts are recognized in the period the
termination occurs. The effectiveness of our hedges are continuously monitored.
If correlation did not exist, the related gain or loss on the contract would be
recognized as an adjustment to income in the period incurred.

         During fiscal 2000, net cash losses of $2.1 million were realized on
hedging transactions (futures contracts) and were recognized as a component of
gains on sale recorded on securitizations during the year. During fiscal 1999,
net losses of approximately $2.0 were realized on hedging transactions (futures
contracts) and were recognized as reductions to the gains on sale for the
securitizations during the year.


                                       74
<PAGE>



         The following schedule details outstanding hedge positions at June 30,
2000. There were no outstanding hedge positions at June 30, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Eurodollar       Forward
                                                        Futures        Treasury
                                                       Contracts        Sales           Total
                                                     ------------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
Loans available for sale:
  Notional Amount..............................       $   20,000      $       --     $   20,000
  Unrealized Losses............................              (54)             --            (54)
Mortgage Conduit Facility Assets:
  Notional Amount..............................           25,000          35,000         60,000
  Unrealized Losses............................              (19)           (114)          (133)
Loan Commitments:
  Notional Amount..............................           20,000          10,000         30,000
  Unrealized Losses............................              (25)            (23)           (48)
                                                      ----------       ---------    -----------
Total:
  Notional Amount..............................       $   65,000       $  45,000    $   110,000
  Unrealized Losses............................              (98)           (137)          (235)
                                                      ==========       =========    ===========
</TABLE>

         If market interest rates decreased by 100 basis points, the above hedge
positions would result in a loss of approximately $3.3 million. While Treasury
rates, Eurodollar rates and the pass-through rate of securitizations are
generally strongly correlated, this correlation has not held in periods of
financial market disruptions (e.g. the so-called Russian Crisis in the later
part of 1998).

         In addition to the above open hedge positions at June 30, 2000, we were
obligated to satisfy a mortgage securitization prefund requirement of $67.9
million which was satisfied in July 2000. In the future, we may expand the types
of derivative financial instruments we use to hedge interest rate risk to
include interest rate swaps or other types of futures contracts.

         We may use hedging in an attempt to mitigate the effect of changes in
market value of fixed rate mortgage loans held for sale. However, an effective
interest rate risk management strategy is complex and no such strategy can
completely insulate us from interest rate changes. Poorly designed strategies or
improperly executed transactions may increase rather than mitigate risk. In
addition, hedging involves transaction and other costs. Such costs could
increase as the period covered by the hedging protection increases. It is
expected that such loss would be offset by income realized from securitizations
in that period or in future periods. As a result, we may be prevented from
effectively hedging fixed rate loans held for sale, without reducing income in
current or future periods due to the costs associated with hedging activities.

         Interest-Only Strips and Servicing Rights. A portion of the
certificates issued to investors by securitization trusts are floating interest
rate certificates based on one-month LIBOR plus a spread. The fair value of the
excess cash flow we will receive from these trusts would be affected by any
changes in rates paid on the floating rate certificates. At June 30, 2000,
$253.9 million of debt issued by loan securitization trusts was floating rate
debt based on LIBOR, representing 13.8% of total debt issued by mortgage loan
securitization trusts. For fiscal 2000 increases in one-month LIBOR resulted in
a decrease in the fair value of our interest-only strips of $6.4 million. In
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the temporary changes
in fair value were recognized as part of net adjustments to other comprehensive
income, which is a component of retained earnings. Of the total $6.4 million
impact of the change in LIBOR, $1.9 million was deemed to be a permanent change
in fair value and has been recognized as a write down through the Statement of
Income during fiscal 2000. It is estimated that a 1.0% increase in one-month
LIBOR would decrease the fair value of interest-only strips by approximately
$6.0 million.


                                       75

<PAGE>



         A significant change in market interest rates could increase or
decrease the level of loan prepayments, thereby changing the size of the total
managed loan portfolio and the related projected cash flows. Higher than
anticipated rates of loan prepayments could require a write down of the fair
value of related interest-only strips and servicing rights, adversely impacting
earnings during the period of adjustment. Revaluations of our interest-only
strips and servicing rights are periodically performed. As part of the
revaluation process, assumptions used for prepayment rates are monitored against
actual experience and adjusted if warranted. It is estimated that a 100 basis
point increase in prepayment rates (for example, from 24% to 25% on home equity
loans and from 10% to 11% on business loans) would decrease the fair value of
interest-only strips by approximately $7.3 million and the fair value of
servicing rights by approximately $1.8 million. See "Securitization Accounting
Considerations" for further information regarding these assumptions.


         We attempt to minimize prepayment risk on interest-only strips and
servicing rights by requiring prepayment fees on business purpose loans and home
equity loans, where permitted by law. Currently, approximately 95% of business
purpose loans and 80% of home equity loans in the total managed portfolio are
subject to prepayment fees.


         Subordinated Debt. We also experience interest rate risk to the extent
that as of June 30, 2000 approximately $212.9 million of our liabilities were
comprised of fixed rate subordinated debt with scheduled maturities of greater
than one year. To the extent that market interest rates demanded for
subordinated debt increase in the future, the rates paid on replacement debt
could exceed rates currently paid thereby increasing interest expense and
reducing net income.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Because we have historically experienced negative cash flows from
operations, our business requires continual access to short and long-term
sources of debt to generate the cash required to fund our operations. Our cash
requirements include funding loan originations and capital expenditures,
repaying existing subordinated debt, paying interest expense and operating
expenses, and in connection with our securitizations, funding
overcollateralization requirements and servicer obligations. At times, we have
used cash to repurchase our common stock and could in the future use cash for
unspecified acquisitions of related businesses or assets.

                                       76

<PAGE>


         Borrowings against warehouse and credit facilities provide the primary
funding source for loan originations. These borrowings represent cash advanced
to us for a limited duration, generally no more than 270 days, and are secured
by the loans. The ultimate sale of the loans through securitization or whole
loan sale generates the cash proceeds necessary to repay the borrowings under
these facilities. See "Credit Facilities" below for a more detailed description
on these facilities.


         Cash flow from operations and the issuance of subordinated debt fund
our remaining cash requirements discussed above. We rely significantly on our
ability to issue subordinated debt to meet these requirements since our cash
flow from operations is not sufficient to meet these requirements. Our cash
requirements include the obligation to repay maturing subordinated debt. In the
process of growing our businesses over the last three years, we have issued
subordinated debt to partially fund that growth and to partially fund maturities
of subordinated debt. We expect that our historical levels of negative cash flow
from operations will decline in the future and then become positive as the rate
of increase in our operating cash expenditures begins to level, then decline due
to an expected decrease in the rate of growth in loan production and as we
realize efficiencies in the infrastructure and loan production channels we have
been building and as the cash flows from our interest-only strips increase. The
cash balances that we have built over the last 2 years are sufficient to cover
approximately 39.2% of the $177.7 million of subordinated debt maturities due
within one year. Cash balances have increased from $4.5 million at June 30,
1998, to $22.4 million at June 30, 1999 and $69.8 million at June 30, 2000.


         We continue to significantly rely on access to the asset-backed
securities market through securitizations to generate cash proceeds for the
repayment of borrowings under warehouse and credit facilities and to create our
interest-only strips and servicing rights which will provide future cash flows.
It is our expectation that future cash flows from our interest-only strips and
servicing rights will generate more of the cash flows required to meet
maturities of our subordinated debt.


         A significant portion of our loan originations are non-conforming
mortgages to subprime borrowers. Some participants in the non-conforming
mortgage industry have experienced greater than anticipated losses on their
securitization interest-only strips and servicing rights due to the effects of
increased delinquencies, increased credit losses and increased prepayment rates,
resulting in some competitors exiting the business or recording valuation
allowances or write-downs for these conditions. As a result, some participants
experienced restricted access to capital required to fund loan originations, and
have been precluded from participation in the asset-backed securitization
market. However, we have maintained our ability to obtain funding and to
securitize loans. Factors that have minimized the effect of adverse market
conditions on our business include our ability to originate loans through
established retail channels, focus on credit underwriting, assess prepayment
fees on loans, diversify lending in the home equity and business loan markets
and the ability to raise capital through sales of subordinated debt securities
pursuant to a registered public offering. Subject to economic, market and
interest rate conditions, we intend to continue to transact additional
securitizations for future loan originations. Any delay or impairment in our
ability to securitize loans, as a result of market conditions or otherwise,
could adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations.



                                       77

<PAGE>

         Additionally, we act as the servicer of the loans and leases
securitized and in that capacity will be obligated to advance funds in some
circumstances which may create greater demands on our cash flow than either
selling loans with servicing released or maintaining a portfolio of loans and
leases. When borrowers are delinquent in making monthly payments on mortgage
loans included in a securitization trust, we are required to advance interest
for the delinquent loans if we deem that the advances will be ultimately
recoverable. These advances require funding from our capital resources, but have
priority of repayment from the succeeding month's mortgage loan payments.

         To a limited extent, we intend to continue to augment the interest and
fee income earned on loans and leases by selling loans and leases in whole loan
sales to unrelated third parties. These transactions also create additional
liquid funds available for lending activities.


         Subordinated Debt Securities. During fiscal 2000, we sold $179.0
million in principal amount of subordinated debt securities, net of redemptions,
with maturities ranging between one day and ten years. As of June 30, 2000,
$390.7 million of subordinated debt was outstanding. Under a shelf registration
statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on
October 15, 1999, we registered $300.0 million of subordinated debt, of which
$98.2 million was available for future issuance at June 30, 2000. The proceeds
from sales of subordinated debt securities will be used to fund general
operating and lending activities and maturities of subordinated debt. We intend
to meet our obligation to repay such debt as it matures with cash flow from
operations, cash flows from interest-only strips, and cash generated from
additional debt financing. The utilization of funds for the repayment of such
obligations should not adversely affect operations.



                                       78

<PAGE>

         Credit Facilities. The following is a description of the warehouse and
line of credit facilities that are utilized to fund origination of loans and our
operations. All of our on balance sheet facilities are senior in right of
payment to the subordinated debt. The warehouse revolving lines of credit are
secured by loan and lease receivables. The other credit facilities are secured
with interest-only strips or other assets. The warehouse credit agreements
require that we maintain specific covenants regarding net worth, leverage and
other standards. At June 30, 2000, we were in compliance with the terms of all
loan covenants.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Amount         Amount
                                                                Amount       Utilized-on    Utilized-off
                                                               Committed     Balance Sheet  Balance Sheet
                                                               ---------     -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
Warehouse revolving line of credit, expiring August 2000....   $150,000        $   249         $78,334
Warehouse revolving line of credit, expiring October 2000...    150,000         28,229              --
Warehouse revolving line of credit, expiring December 2000..     25,000          3,861              --
                                                               --------        -------         -------
Total warehouse facilities..................................    325,000         32,339          78,334
Revolving line of credit, expiring December 2000............      5,000          5,000              --
Repurchase agreement........................................      3,606          3,606              --
                                                               --------        -------         -------
Total revolving credit facilities...........................    333,606         40,945          78,334
Other credit facilities and notes payable:
Commercial paper conduit for lease production, maturity
  matches underlying leases.................................     11,963          9,339           2,624
Other debt..................................................        558            558              --
                                                               --------        -------         -------
Total credit facilities.....................................   $346,127        $50,842         $80,958
                                                               ========        =======         =======
</TABLE>
         At June 30, 2000, our subsidiaries had an aggregate $150.0 million
available under Interim Warehouse and Security Agreements with Prudential
Securities Credit Corporation expiring August 31, 2000. In September 2000, the
Agreement with Prudential was increased to $250.0 million and its expiration
date was extended to September 2001. The obligations described in these
agreements are guaranteed by us. Under these agreements, the subsidiaries may
fund loan originations by obtaining advances subject to specific conditions,
which bear interest at a specified margin over the LIBOR rate. The obligations
described in these agreements are collateralized by pledged loans. In March of
2000, these agreements were amended to provide for the sale of loans into an off
balance sheet conduit facility. The combination of on-balance sheet borrowings
against the warehouse facility to fund loan originations and the amount of loans
sold into the off-balance sheet conduit facility at any point in time was
limited to $150 million at June 30, 2000, $250 million beginning September 2000.

         The sale into the off-balance sheet conduit facility involves a
two-step transfer that qualifies for sale accounting under SFAS No. 125. First,
we sell the loans to a special purpose entity which has been established for the
limited purpose of buying and reselling the loans. Next, the special purpose
entity sells the loans to a qualified special purpose entity ("the facility")
for cash proceeds generated by its sale of notes to a third party purchaser. We
have no obligation to repurchase the loans and neither the third party note
purchaser nor the facility has a right to require such repurchase. The facility
has the option to re-securitize the loans, ordinarily using longer-term
certificates. If the loans are not re-securitized by the facility, the third
party note purchaser has the right to securitize or sell the loans. Under this
arrangement, the loans have been isolated from us and our subsidiaries; and, as
a result, the transfer to the conduit facility is treated as a sale for
financial reporting purposes. During fiscal 2000, we sold approximately $97.7
million in principal amount of loans to the conduit facility and recognized
gains on those sales totaling approximately $9.6 million. In June 2000, $19.4
million of loans in the conduit facility were re-securitized by the facility. At
June 30, 2000 there were $78.3 million in principal amount of loans in the
conduit facility and an additional $0.2 million in the on balance sheet
facility.





                                       79
<PAGE>

         Subsequent to June 30, 2000, we and our subsidiaries, American Business
Credit, HomeAmerican Credit and New Jersey Mortgage, established a $200.0
million facility which provides for the sale of loans into an off balance sheet
funding facility with UBS Principal Finance, LLC, an affiliate of UBS Warburg.
The sale into the off-balance sheet conduit facility involves a two-step
transfer that qualifies for sale accounting under SFAS No. 125. First, we sell
the loans to a special purpose entity which has been established for the limited
purpose of buying and reselling the loans. Next, the special purpose entity
sells the loans to a qualified special purpose entity ("the facility") for cash
proceeds generated by its sale of notes to a third party purchaser. We have no
obligation to repurchase the loans, except under certain conditions where loans
do not conform to representations and warranties made by us at the time of sale,
and neither the third party note purchaser nor the sponsor has a right to
require such repurchase. The facility has the option to re-securitize the loans,
ordinarily using longer-term certificates. If the facility fails to
re-securitize the loans within a specified period, the third party note
purchaser has the right to securitize or sell the loans. Under this arrangement,
the loans have been isolated from us and our subsidiaries; and, as a result,
transfers to the conduit facility will be treated as sales for financial
reporting purposes.

         Along with some of our subsidiaries, we obtained a $150.0 million
warehouse credit facility from a syndicate of banks led by Chase Bank of Texas
N.A. expiring October 1, 2000. Under this warehouse facility, advances may be
obtained, subject to specific conditions described in the agreement, including
sublimits based upon the type of collateral securing the advance. Interest rates
on the advances are based upon 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. Obligations under the
facility are collateralized by specified pledged loans and other related
collateral. The facility also requires us to meet specific financial ratios and
contains restrictive covenants, including covenants limiting loans to and
transaction with affiliates, the issuance of additional debt, and the types of
investments that can be purchased. At June 30, 2000, $28.2 million of this
facility was drawn upon. Given the increase in the Prudential facility from
$150.0 million to $250.0 million and the new $200.0 million facility from UBS
Warburg, we intend to allow the Chase facility to expire or be renewed at a
reduced amount.

         Our subsidiaries, American Business Credit, HomeAmerican Credit and New
Jersey Mortgage obtained a $25.0 million warehouse line of credit facility from
Residential Funding Corporation which expires December 31, 2000. Under this
warehouse facility, advances may be obtained, subject to specific conditions
described in the agreement. Interest rates on the advances are based on LIBOR
plus a margin. The obligations under this agreement are collateralized by
pledged loans. At June 30, 2000, $3.9 million of this facility was drawn upon.

         Along with our subsidiaries, American Business Credit, HomeAmerican
Credit and New Jersey Mortgage, we obtained a $5.0 million line of credit from
Chase Bank expiring December 2000. Interest rates on advances under the line are
at LIBOR plus a margin. At June 30, 2000, $5.0 million of this line of credit
was being utilized.

         The commercial paper conduit for lease production provided for sale of
equipment leases using a pooled securitization. After January 2000, the facility
was no longer available for sales of equipment leases. The facility permitted us
to sell leases in a two-step transfer that qualified for sale accounting under
SFAS No. 125. First, we sold the leases to a special purpose entity which has
been established for the limited purpose of buying and reselling the leases.
Next, the SPE sold the leases to a qualified special purpose entity ("the
facility") for cash. The facility is sponsored by a major financial institution
which has the option to re-securitize the leases, ordinarily using longer-term
certificates. Should a longer-term securitization not occur, the leases would
remain in the commercial paper conduit until their contractual termination. We
have no obligation to repurchase the leases and neither the facility nor the
sponsor has a right to require such repurchase. At June 30, 2000, there was $2.6
million of equipment leases in the commercial paper conduit facility
representing the remaining balance of leases sold into the facility and
accounted for as sales prior to the time we ceased originating equipment leases.
The Company ceased originating equipment leases as of December 31, 1999 and no

                                       80
<PAGE>

longer sells leases into this facility. The final two transfers of leases into
this facility with a remaining amount of $9.3 million were accounted for as
financing transactions. The leases transferred in those final transfers were
retained on our balance sheet and the financing raised by the commercial paper
conduit facility was recorded as debt on the balance sheet.

         As of June 30, 2000, $228.6 million of debt was scheduled to mature
during the next twelve months which was mainly comprised of maturing
subordinated debt and warehouse lines of credit. We currently expect to
refinance the maturing debt through extensions of maturing debt or new debt
financing and, if necessary, may retire the debt through cash flow from
operations and loan sales or securitizations. Despite the current use of
securitizations to fund loan growth, we are also dependent upon other borrowings
to fund a portion of our operations. We intend to continue to utilize debt
financing to fund operations in the future.

         A failure to renew or obtain adequate funding under a warehouse credit
facility, or other borrowings, or any substantial reduction in the size or
pricing in the markets for loans, could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition. To the extent we are not
successful in maintaining or replacing existing financing, we may have to
curtail loan production activities or sell loans rather than securitize them,
thereby having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
financial condition.

         We lease our corporate headquarters facilities under a five-year
operating lease expiring in July 2003 at a minimum annual base rent of
approximately $2.2 million. We also lease a facility in Roseland, New Jersey
under two operating leases with the primary lease expiring July 2003 and a
sub-lease expiring in January 2003, at an annual base rent of $0.8 million. The
primary Roseland lease has a renewal provision at an increased annual rental. In
addition, branch offices are leased on a short-term basis in various cities
throughout the United States. The leases for the branch offices are not material
to operations. See note 14 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for
information regarding lease payments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         Set forth below are recent accounting pronouncements which may have a
future effect on operations. These pronouncements should be read in conjunction
with the significant accounting policies, which have been adopted, that are set
forth in Note 1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

         In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
SFAS No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities"
("SFAS No. 133"). SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards
for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities.
It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or
liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments
at fair value. If specific conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically
designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a
recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value
hedge), (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted
transaction (cash flow hedge), or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure

                                       81
<PAGE>

of a net investment in a foreign operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an
available for sale security, or a foreign-currency-denominated forecasted
transaction. At the time of issuance SFAS No. 133 was to be effective on a
prospective basis for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June
15, 1999. Subsequently, the effective date of the standard was delayed until
years beginning after June 15, 2000. The adoption of this standard is not
expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of
operations.

                                       82
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

General

         We are a diversified financial services company operating throughout
the United States. Through our principal direct and indirect subsidiaries,
American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. (doing business as
Upland Mortgage), American Business Leasing, Inc. and New Jersey Mortgage and
Investment Corp., we originate, service and sell business purpose loans, home
equity loans and conventional first mortgage loans. We also underwrite, process
and purchase home equity loans through our Bank Alliance Program.

         We were incorporated in Delaware in 1985 and began operations as a
finance company in 1988, initially offering business purpose loans to customers
whose borrowing needs we believed were not being adequately serviced by
commercial banks. Since our inception, we have significantly expanded our
product line and geographic scope and currently have licenses to offer our home
equity loan products in 47 states.

         Prior to December 31, 1999, we also originated equipment leases.
Effective December 31, 1999, we de-emphasized the leasing origination business
as a result of our strategy of focusing on our most profitable lines of
business. We are continuing to service the remaining leases in our managed
portfolio, which totaled $119.0 million in gross receivables at June 30, 2000
and we may from time to time consider originating or purchasing new leases.

Subsidiaries

         As a holding company, our activities have been limited to:

         (1) holding the shares of our operating subsidiaries, and

         (2) raising capital for use in the subsidiaries' lending operations.

         ABFS is the parent holding company of American Business Credit, Inc.
and its primary subsidiaries, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. (doing business as
Upland Mortgage), Processing Service Center, Inc., American Business Leasing,
Inc., Tiger Relocation Company (formerly ABC Holdings Corporation), and New
Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp. and its subsidiary, Federal Leasing Corp.

         American Business Credit, a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in
1988 and acquired by us in 1993, originates, services and sells business purpose
loans. HomeAmerican Credit, a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1991,
originates and sells home equity loans. Home American Credit acquired Upland
Mortgage Corp. in 1996 and since that time has conducted business as "Upland
Mortgage." Upland Mortgage also purchases home equity loans through the Bank
Alliance Program. Processing Service Center processes home equity loan
applications for financial institutions as part of the Bank Alliance Program.
Incorporated in 1994, American Business Leasing commenced operations in 1995 and
currently services equipment leases held in our managed portfolio.

                                       83
<PAGE>

         New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., a New Jersey corporation
organized in 1938 and acquired by us in October 1997, is currently engaged in
the origination and sale of home equity loans, as well as conventional first
mortgage loans. New Jersey Mortgage originates loans secured by real estate.
These loans are originated through New Jersey Mortgage's network of six branch
sales offices and three satellite offices. New Jersey Mortgage has been offering
mortgage loans since 1939. We currently sell conventional first mortgage loans
originated by American Household Mortgage, a division of New Jersey Mortgage, in
the secondary market with servicing released. We also securitize home equity
loans originated by New Jersey Mortgage pursuant to our existing current
securitization program.

         New Jersey Mortgage's wholly-owned subsidiary, Federal Leasing Corp.,
is a Delaware corporation which was organized in 1974. Federal Leasing Corp.
currently services leases previously originated and sold through securitization.

         Tiger Relocation Company, formerly ABC Holdings Corporation, a
Pennsylvania corporation, was incorporated in 1992 to hold properties acquired
through foreclosure.

         We also have numerous special purpose subsidiaries that were
incorporated solely to facilitate our securitizations. Some of those companies
are Delaware investment holding companies. None of these corporations engage in
any business activity other than holding the subordinated certificate, if any,
and the interest-only strips created in connection with securitizations
completed. See "-- Securitizations."

         Our newly formed subsidiary, Upland Corporation, has filed an
application with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Utah
Department of Financial Institutions, for a Utah Industrial Loan Corporation
charter. If regulatory approval is obtained, the industrial loan charter would
allow us to originate residential mortgage loan products under one centralized
jurisdiction. The industrial loan subsidiary would also provide us with the
ability to offer home equity lines of credit with card access, Small Business
Administration guaranteed business loans, and FDIC-insured certificates of
deposit. No assurance can be given as to whether or during what time period the
necessary regulatory approvals will be obtained or the conditions that would be
imposed in connection with these approvals.

                                       84
<PAGE>

         The following chart sets forth our basic organizational structure and
our primary subsidiaries(a).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>              <C>               <C>            <C>
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          ABFS
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   (Holding Company)
                         (Issues subordinated debt securities)
          -------------------------------------------------------------------

          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                             AMERICAN BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Originates and services business purpose loans)
          -------------------------------------------------------------------

          -------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      HOMEAMERICAN
     NEW JERSEY       CREDIT, INC.       PROCESSING        AMERICAN        TIGER
    MORTGAGE AND         d/b/a            SERVICE          BUSINESS      RELOCATION
  INVESTMENT CORP.       UPLAND         CENTER, INC.    LEASING, INC.     COMPANY
                        MORTGAGE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (Originates and     (Originates,    (Processes Bank     (Services        (Holds
      services       purchases and        Alliance        equipment      foreclosed
    conventional     services home        Program          leases)      real estate)
   first mortgage        equity         home equity
  and home equity      loans)(b)           loans)
       loans)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------
     FEDERAL
   LEASING CORP.

----------------------

      (Services
      equipment
       leases)
----------------------
</TABLE>

----------
(a) In addition to the corporation pictured above, we organized at least one
    special purpose corporation for each securitization.

(b) Loans purchased by Upland Mortgage represents loans acquired through the
    Bank Alliance Program.

                                       85
<PAGE>

Lending and Leasing Activities

         General. The following table sets forth information concerning our loan
and lease origination, purchase and sale activities for the periods indicated.
We did not originate conventional first mortgage loans prior to October 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended June 30,
                                                                ------------------------------
                                                                  2000        1999      1998
                                                                ------------------------------
                                                                    (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Loans/Leases Originated/Purchased
  (net of refinances)
   Business purpose loans...................................    $106,187   $ 64,818   $ 52,335
   Home equity loans........................................    $949,014   $634,820   $328,089
   Conventional first mortgage loans........................    $ 42,607   $ 66,519   $ 33,671
   Equipment leases.........................................    $ 19,631   $ 96,289   $ 70,480

Number of Loans/Leases Originated/Purchased
   Business purpose loans...................................       1,198        806        632
   Home equity loans........................................      13,544      8,629      5,292
   Conventional first mortgage loans........................         267        403        218
   Equipment leases.........................................       1,020      4,138      3,350

Average Loan/Lease Size
   Business purpose loans...................................    $     89   $     80   $     83
   Home equity loans........................................    $     70   $     74   $     62
   Conventional first mortgage loans........................    $    160   $    165   $    154
   Equipment leases.........................................    $     19   $     23   $     21

Weighted Average Interest Rate on Loans/Leases
  Originated/Purchased
   Business purpose loans...................................       15.99%     15.91%     15.96%
   Home equity loans........................................       11.28%     11.05%     11.95%
   Conventional first mortgage loans........................        8.75%      7.67%      8.22%
   Equipment leases.........................................       11.25%     11.40%     12.19%

Weighted Average Term (in months)
   Business purpose loans...................................         171        169        172
   Home equity loans........................................         259        261        244
   Conventional first mortgage loans........................         345        322        340
   Equipment leases.........................................          50         50         49

Loans/Leases Sold
   Business purpose loans...................................    $104,503   $ 71,931   $ 54,135
   Home equity and conventional first mortgage loans........    $990,606   $613,069   $322,459
   Equipment leases.........................................    $  9,263   $ 92,597   $ 59,700

Number of Loans/Leases Sold
   Business purpose loans...................................       1,163        911        629
   Home equity and conventional first mortgage loans........      13,190      8,074      4,753
   Equipment leases.........................................         459      4,363      3,707

Weighted Average Rate on Loans/Leases Originated............      11.63%     11.30%     11.63%
</TABLE>

                                       86
<PAGE>

         The following table sets forth information regarding the average
loan-to-value ratios for loans we originated during the periods indicated.

                                                    Years Ending June 30,
                                             ----------------------------------
Loan Type                                    2000           1999           1998
                                             ----           ----           ----
Business purpose loans....................   60.9%          61.5%          60.5%
Home equity loans.........................   78.9           78.0           76.6
Conventional first mortgage loans.........   83.7           78.0           79.9

         The following table shows the geographic distribution of our loan and
lease originations and purchases during the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year Ended June 30,
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                2000            %        1999            %        1998             %
                            ----------       ------    --------       ------    --------        ------
                                                     (dollars in thousands)
<S>                             <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>             <C>
New York................    $  300,380        26.88%   $163,580        18.97%   $ 54,907         11.31%
New Jersey..............       184,123        16.48     236,976        27.48     128,025         26.38
Pennsylvania............       130,928        11.72     139,992        16.23     150,048         31.06
Florida.................        87,872         7.86      61,312         7.11      23,905          4.93
Illinois................        43,181         3.86      27,663         3.21          --            --
Ohio....................        42,561         3.81      17,155         1.99          --            --
Georgia.................        40,230         3.60      59,395         6.89      23,084          4.76
Virginia................        27,722         2.48      17,126         1.99      13,138          2.71
Massachusetts...........        27,138         2.43          --           --          --            --
Maryland................        24,582         2.21      19,625         2.28      11,748          2.42
North Carolina..........        23,826         2.13      13,648         1.58       5,144          1.06
Connecticut.............        18,769         1.68      14,052         1.63       5,964          1.23
Delaware................        13,012         1.16      14,254         1.65      10,823          2.23
Other...................       153,115        13.70      77,668         9.01      57,789         11.93
                            ----------       ------    --------       ------    --------        ------
   Total................    $1,117,439       100.00%   $862,446       100.00%   $484,575        100.00%
                            ==========       ======    ========       ======    ========        ======
</TABLE>

         Business Purpose Loans. Through our subsidiary, American Business
Credit, we currently originate business purpose loans on a regular basis in
Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Maryland, New
Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, South Carolina and
Virginia through a network of salespeople and through our business loan web
site, www.abceasyloan.com. We focus our marketing efforts on small businesses
who do not meet all of the credit criteria of commercial banks and small
businesses that our research indicates may be predisposed to using our products
and services.

         We originate business purpose loans to corporations, partnerships, sole
proprietors and other business entities for various business purposes including,
but not limited to, working capital, business expansion, equipment acquisition
and debt-consolidation. We do not target any particular industries or trade
groups and, in fact, take precautions against concentration of loans in any one
industry group. All business purpose loans generally are collateralized by a
first or second mortgage lien on a principal residence of the borrower or a
guarantor of the borrower or some other parcel of real property, such as office
and apartment buildings and mixed use buildings, owned by the borrower, a
principal of the borrower, or a guarantor of the borrower. In addition, in most
cases, these loans are further collateralized by personal guarantees, pledges of
securities, assignments of contract rights, life insurance and lease payments
and liens on business equipment and other business assets.

                                       87
<PAGE>

         Our business purpose loans generally ranged from $15,000 to $500,000
and had an average loan size of approximately $80,000 for the loans originated
during fiscal 2000. Generally, our business purpose loans are made at fixed
rates and for terms ranging from five to 15 years. We generally charge
origination fees for these loans of 5.0% to 6.0% of the original principal
balance. The weighted average interest rate charged on the business purpose
loans originated by us was 15.99% for fiscal 2000. The business purpose loans we
securitized during the past fiscal year had a weighted average loan-to-value
ratio, based solely upon the real estate collateral securing the loans, of
60.9%. We originated $106.2 million of business purpose loans during fiscal
2000.

         Generally, we compute interest due on our outstanding loans using the
simple interest method. Where permitted by applicable law, we generally impose a
prepayment fee. Although prepayment fees imposed vary based upon applicable
state law, the prepayment fees on our business purpose loan documents generally
amount to a significant portion of the outstanding loan balance. We believe that
such prepayment terms tend to extend the average life of our loans by
discouraging prepayment which makes these loans more attractive for
securitization. Whether a prepayment fee is imposed and the amount of such fee,
if any, is negotiated between the individual borrower and American Business
Credit prior to closing of the loan.

         During fiscal 2000, we launched an Internet loan distribution channel
under the name www.abceasyloan.com. The www.abceasyloan.com web site provides
borrowers with convenient access to the business loan application process, 7
days a week, 24 hours a day. We believe that the addition of this distribution
channel maximizes the efficiency of the application process and could reduce our
transaction costs in the future to the extent the volume of loan applications
received via the web page increases. Throughout the loan processing period,
borrowers who submit applications online are supported by our staff of highly
trained loan officers.

         Home Equity Loans. We originate home equity loans through our Consumer
Mortgage Group which includes Upland Mortgage and New Jersey Mortgage and
Investment Corp. We also purchase loans through Processing Service Center, Inc.
We originate home equity loans primarily to credit-impaired borrowers through
various channels including retail marketing which includes telemarketing
operations, direct mail, radio and television advertisements as well as through
our interactive web site, www.UplandMortgage.com. We entered the home equity
loan market in 1991. Currently, we are licensed to originate home equity loans
in 47 states throughout the United States.

         Home equity loans originated and funded by our subsidiaries are
generally securitized. In addition, we may sell home equity loans to one of
several third party lenders, at a premium and with servicing released.

         Home equity loan applications are obtained from potential borrowers
over the phone, in writing, in person or over the Internet through our
interactive web site. The loan request is then processed and closed. The loan

                                       88
<PAGE>

processing staff generally provides its home equity borrowers with a loan
approval within 24 hours and closes its home equity loans within approximately
ten to fifteen days of obtaining a loan approval.

         Home equity loans generally range from $10,000 to $250,000 and had an
average loan size of approximately $70,000 for the loans originated during
fiscal 2000. During fiscal 2000, we originated $949.0 million of home equity
loans. Generally, home equity loans are made at fixed rates of interest and for
terms ranging from five to 30 years. Such loans generally have origination fees
of approximately 2.0% of the aggregate loan amount. For fiscal 2000, the
weighted average interest rate received on such loans was 11.28% and the average
loan-to-value ratio was 78.9% for the loans originated by us during such period.
We attempt to maintain our interest and other charges on home equity loans
competitive with the lending rates of other finance companies and banks. Where
permitted by applicable law, a prepayment fee may be negotiated with the
borrower and is generally charged to the borrower on the prepayment of a home
equity loan except in the event the borrower refinances a home equity loan with
us.

         Beginning in fiscal 1996, through Upland Mortgage and in conjunction
with Processing Service Center, Inc., we entered into exclusive business
arrangements with several financial institutions which provide for Upland
Mortgage's purchase of home equity loans that meet our underwriting criteria,
but do not meet the underlying guidelines of the selling institution for loans
held in its portfolio. This program is called the Bank Alliance Program. The
Bank Alliance Program is designed to provide an additional source of home equity
loans. This program targets traditional financial institutions, such as banks,
which because of their strict underwriting and credit guidelines have generally
provided mortgage financing only to the most credit-worthy borrowers. This
program allows these financial institutions to originate loans to
credit-impaired borrowers in order to achieve community reinvestment goals and
to generate fee income and subsequently sell such loans to Upland Mortgage.
Following our purchase of the loans through this program, we hold these loans as
available for sale until they are sold in connection with a future
securitization. We believe that the Bank Alliance Program is a unique method of
increasing our production of home equity loans.

         Under this program, a borrower who fails to meet a financial
institution's underwriting guidelines for portfolio loans will be referred to
Processing Service Center, Inc. which will process the loan application and
underwrite the loan pursuant to Upland Mortgage's underwriting guidelines. If
the borrower qualifies under Upland Mortgage's underwriting standards, the loan
will be originated by the financial institution and subsequently sold to Upland
Mortgage.

         Since the introduction of this program, we have entered into agreements
with 31 financial institutions to provide us with the opportunity to underwrite,
process and purchase loans generated by the branch networks of such institutions
which consist of over 1,500 branches located in various states throughout the
country. During fiscal 2000, Upland Mortgage purchased approximately $53.4
million of loans pursuant to this program. We intend to continue to expand the
Bank Alliance Program with financial institutions across the United States.

                                       89
<PAGE>

         During fiscal 1999, we launched an Internet loan distribution channel
under the name www.UplandMortgage.com. Through this interactive web site,
borrowers can examine available loan options, calculate interest payments, and
submit an application via the Internet. The Upland Mortgage Internet platform
provides borrowers with convenient access to the mortgage loan application
process, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day. Throughout the loan processing period,
borrowers who submit applications online are supported by our staff of highly
trained loan officers. During fiscal 2000, we continued to phase in advanced
Internet technology through our web site, www.UplandMortgage.com. In addition to
the ability to take online loan applications and utilize an automated rapid
credit approval process, both of which reduce time and manual effort required
for loan approval, the site features our proprietary software, Easy Loan Wizard,
which provides personalized services and solutions to retail customers through
interactive web dialog. We have applied to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
to patent this product.

         Conventional First Mortgage Loans. We began offering conventional first
mortgage loans in October 1997 in connection with our acquisition of New Jersey
Mortgage. New Jersey Mortgage has been originating mortgage loans since 1939. We
originate conventional first mortgage loans and sell them in the secondary
market with servicing released. Our conventional first mortgage lending market
area is primarily the eastern region of the United States. We originated $42.6
million of conventional first mortgage loans during fiscal 2000.

         The conventional first mortgage loans are secured by one-to four-unit
residential properties located primarily in the eastern region of the United
States. These properties are generally owner-occupied single family residences
but may also include second homes and investment properties. These loans are
generally made through American Household Mortgage, a division of New Jersey
Mortgage, to borrowers with favorable credit histories and are underwritten
pursuant to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae standards to permit their sale in the
secondary market; however, we also originate first mortgage loans which do not
meet the Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae standards for sale in the secondary market.
Some of these first mortgage loans have balances in excess of $252,700 and are
commonly referred to as jumbo loans.

         New Jersey Mortgage typically sells such loans to third parties with
servicing released. New Jersey Mortgage also originates Federal Housing
Authority ("FHA") and Veterans Administration ("VA") loans which are
subsequently sold to third parties with servicing released. This means that we
do not generally retain the right to collect and service these loans after they
are sold. New Jersey Mortgage originates such loans for sale in the secondary
market.

         Equipment Leases. Prior to December 31, 1999, we also originated
equipment leases. Effective December 31, 1999, we de-emphasized the leasing
origination business as a result of our strategy of focusing on our most
profitable lines of business. We are continuing to service the remaining leases
in our managed portfolio, which totaled $119.0 million in gross receivables at
June 30, 2000 and we may from time to time consider originating or purchasing
new leases. Equipment leases held in our managed portfolio included leases to
corporations, partnerships, other entities and sole proprietors on various types
of business equipment including, but not limited to, computer equipment,
automotive repair equipment, construction equipment, commercial equipment,
medical equipment and industrial equipment.

                                       90
<PAGE>

         Generally, our equipment leases consist of two types:

         (1) finance leases which have a term of 12 to 60 months and provide a
             purchase option exercisable by the lessee at $1.00 or 10% of the
             original equipment cost at the termination of the lease, and

         (2) fair market value or true leases which have a similar term, but
             provide a purchase option exercisable by the lessee at the fair
             market value of the equipment at the termination of the lease.

Our equipment leases generally range in size from $2,000 to $250,000, with an
average lease size of approximately $19,000 for the leases originated during
fiscal 2000. Our leases generally had maximum terms of seven years. The weighted
average interest rates received on leases for fiscal 2000 was 11.25%. During
fiscal 2000, we originated $19.6 million of equipment leases. Generally, the
interest rates and other terms and conditions of our equipment leases are
competitive with the leasing terms of other leasing companies in our market
area.

         There are risks inherent in holding leases which are different than
those risks inherent in our mortgage lending activities. See "Risk Factors -- If
we experience losses in the value of our leased equipment securing the leases we
hold, our profitability may be reduced and our ability to repay the notes may be
impaired."

         Prepayment Fees. Historically, we charged prepayment fees on a
significant percentage of our business purpose loans and on less than 50% of our
home equity loans. We currently charge prepayment fees on substantially all of
our business purpose loans, and have increased the percentage of home equity
loans originated with prepayment fees to approximately 85% of home equity loans
originated. Home equity loans comprise approximately 90% of all loans we
originate and the remaining 10% are business purpose loans. The type of
prepayment fee we obtain on a home equity loan is generally a certain percentage
of the outstanding principal balance of the loan. One typical prepayment fee
provides for a fee of 5% of the outstanding principal loan balance if paid
within the first three years after the loan's origination and 2% of the
outstanding principal loan balance if prepaid between three and five years after
the loan's origination and no prepayment fee if the loan is prepaid after five
years from the date of origination. In the case of business purpose loans, the
prepayment fee generally amounts to a significant portion of the outstanding
principal loan balance and is most often calculated on the basis of the Rule of
78s formula, also known as the "sum of the digits" method.

         Our ability to charge a prepayment fee is sometimes impacted by state
law, with respect to both home equity loans and business purpose loans. In the
case of home equity loans which have a "balloon" payment feature, whenever
possible, we use the Federal Alternative Mortgage Transactions Parity Act of
1982 referred to as the Parity Act to preempt state laws which limit or restrict
prepayment fees. In states which have overridden the Parity Act and in the case
of some fully amortizing home equity loans, state laws may restrict prepayment
fees either by the amount of the prepayment fee or the time period during which
it can be imposed. Similarly, in the case of business purpose loans, some states

                                       91
<PAGE>

prohibit or limit prepayment fees where the loan is below a specific dollar
threshold or is secured by residential real property.

Marketing Strategy

         We concentrate our marketing efforts primarily on two potential
customer groups. One group, based on historical profiles, has a tendency to
select our loan products because of our personalized service and timely response
to loan requests. The other group is comprised of credit-impaired borrowers who
satisfy our underwriting guidelines. We also market conventional first mortgage
loans to borrowers with favorable credit histories. See "Risk Factors - Lending
to credit-impaired borrowers may result in higher delinquencies in our managed
portfolio which could result in a reduction in profits and restrict our ability
to repay the notes."

         Our marketing efforts for business purpose loans focus on our niche
market of selected small businesses located in our market area which generally
includes the eastern half of the United States. We target businesses which we
believe would qualify for loans from traditional lending sources but would elect
to use our products and services. Our experience has indicated that these
borrowers are attracted to us as a result of our marketing efforts, the
personalized service provided by our staff of highly trained lending officers
and our timely response to loan applications. Historically, such customers have
been willing to pay our origination fees and interest rates which are generally
higher than those charged by traditional lending sources.

         We market business purpose loans through various forms of advertising,
our business loan web site, www.abceasyloan.com and a direct sales force.
Advertising media used includes large direct mail campaigns and newspaper and
radio advertising. Our commissioned sales staff, which consists of full-time
highly trained salespersons, is responsible for converting advertising leads
into loan applications. We use a proprietary training program involving
extensive and on-going training of our lending officers. Our sales staff uses
significant person-to-person contact to convert advertising leads into loan
applications and maintains contact with the borrower throughout the application
process. See "-- Lending and Leasing Activities - Business Purpose Loans."

         We market home equity loans through telemarketing, radio and television
advertising, direct mail campaigns and through our web site,
www.UplandMortgage.com. During fiscal 2000, the Consumer Mortgage Group
redirected its marketing mix to focus on targeted direct mail, which we believe
delivers more leads at a lower cost than broadcast marketing channels. Our
integrated approach to media advertising which utilizes a combination of direct
mail and Internet advertising is intended to maximize the effect of our
advertising campaigns. We also use a network of loan brokers, the Bank Alliance
Program and our website as additional sources of loans.

         Our marketing efforts for home equity loans are strategically located
throughout the eastern region of the United States. We currently utilize branch
offices in various eastern states to market our loans. We intend to open
additional sales offices in the future. Loan processing, underwriting, servicing
and collection procedures are performed at our centralized operating office

                                       92
<PAGE>

located in Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania. See "--Lending and Leasing Activities --
Home Equity Loans."

         We market conventional first mortgage loans through our network of loan
brokers. Our marketing efforts for conventional first mortgage loans are
concentrated in the mid-Atlantic region of the United States. In addition, we
market conventional first mortgage loans under the name American Household
Mortgage. See "--Lending and Leasing Activities - Conventional First Mortgage
Loans."

Loan and Lease Servicing

         Generally, we service the loans and leases we hold as available for
sale or which we securitize in accordance with our established servicing
procedures. Servicing includes collecting and transmitting payments to
investors, accounting for principal and interest, collections and foreclosure
activities, and selling the real estate or other collateral that is acquired. At
June 30, 2000, our total managed portfolio included approximately 32,000 loans
and leases with an aggregate outstanding balance of $1.9 billion. We generally
receive contractual servicing fees for our servicing responsibilities. In
addition, we receive other ancillary fees related to the loans and leases
serviced. Our servicing and collections activities are centralized at the
processing center located at our operating office in Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania.

         In servicing loans and leases, we typically send an invoice to obligors
on a monthly basis advising them of the required payment and its due date. We
begin the collection process immediately after a borrower fails to make a
monthly payment. When a loan or lease becomes 45 to 60 days delinquent, it is
referred to our legal collection group for the initiation of foreclosure
proceedings or other legal remedies. In addition, after a loan or lease becomes
61 days delinquent, our loss mitigation unit becomes involved. Our loss
mitigation unit tries to reinstate a delinquent loan or lease, seek a payoff, or
occasionally enter into a modification agreement with the borrower to avoid
foreclosure. All proposed work-out arrangements are evaluated on a case-by-case
basis, based upon the borrower's past credit history, current financial status,
cooperativeness, future prospects and the reasons for the delinquency. If the
loan or lease becomes delinquent 61 days or more and a satisfactory work-out
arrangement with the borrower is not achieved or the borrower declares
bankruptcy, the foreclosure, replevin or other legal action is initiated. Legal
action may be initiated prior to a loan or lease becoming delinquent over 60
days if management determines that the circumstances warrant such action.

         Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of
foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until it is sold. When property
is acquired or expected to be acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of
foreclosure, we record it at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less
estimated cost of disposition. After acquisition, all costs incurred in
maintaining the property are accounted for as expenses.

         Our ability to foreclose on some properties may be affected by state
and federal environmental laws. The costs of investigation, remediation or
removal of hazardous substances may be substantial and can easily exceed the
value of the property. The presence of hazardous substances, or the failure to


                                       93
<PAGE>

properly eliminate the substances from the property, can hurt the owner's
ability to sell or rent the property and prevent the owner from using the
property as collateral for a loan. Even people who arrange for the disposal or
treatment of hazardous or toxic substances also may be liable for the costs of
removal or remediation of the substances at the disposal or treatment facility,
whether or not the facility is owned or operated by the person who arranged for
the disposal or treatment. See "Risk Factors - Environmental laws and
regulations may restrict our ability to foreclose on loans secured by real
estate or increase costs associated with those loans which could reduce our
profitability and the funds available to repay the notes."

         As the servicer of securitized loans and leases, we are obligated to
advance funds for scheduled payments that have not been received from the
borrower unless we determine that our advances will not be recoverable from
subsequent collections in respect to the related loans or leases. See
"--Securitizations."

Underwriting Procedures and Practices

         Summarized below are some of the policies and practices which are
followed in connection with the origination of business purpose loans, home
equity loans and conventional first mortgage loans. These policies and practices
may be altered, amended and supplemented as conditions warrant. We reserve the
right to make changes in our day-to-day practices and policies.

         Our loan and lease underwriting standards are applied to evaluate
prospective borrowers' credit standing and repayment ability as well as the
value and adequacy of the mortgaged property as collateral. Initially, the
prospective borrower is required to fill out a detailed application providing
pertinent credit information. As part of the description of the prospective
borrower's financial condition, the borrower is required to provide information
concerning assets, liabilities, income, credit, employment history and other
demographic and personal information. If the application demonstrates the
prospective borrower's ability to repay the debt as well as sufficient income
and equity, loan processing personnel generally obtain and review an independent
credit bureau report on the credit history of the borrower and verification of
the borrower's income. Once all applicable employment, credit and property
information is obtained, a determination is made as to whether sufficient
unencumbered equity in the property exists and whether the prospective borrower
has sufficient monthly income available to meet the prospective borrower's
monthly obligations.

                                       94
<PAGE>

         The following table outlines the key parameters of the major credit
grades of our current underwriting guidelines.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          "A" Credit Grade                "B" Credit Grade
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                             <C>
General Repayment                  Has good credit but might       Pays the majority of accounts
                                   have some minor delinquency.    on time but has some 30-
                                                                   and/or 60- day delinquency.


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Existing Mortgage Loans            Current at application time     Current at application time
                                   and a maximum of two 30-day     and a maximum of 4 x 30-day
                                   delinquencies in the past 12    delinquencies in the past 12
                                   months.                         months.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Mortgage Credit                Major credit and installment    Major credit and installment
                                   debt should be current but      debt can exhibit some minor 30
                                   may exhibit some minor 30-day   and/or 60 day delinquency.
                                   delinquency.  Minor credit      Minor credit may exhibit up to
                                   may exhibit some minor          90-day delinquency.
                                   delinquency.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bankruptcy Filings                 Discharged more than 2 years    Discharged more than 2 years
                                   with reestablished credit.      with reestablished credit.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Debt Service-to-Income             Generally not to exceed 50%.    Generally not to exceed 50%.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner Occupied:                    Generally 80% (or 90%) for a    Generally 80% (or 85%) for a 1
Loan-to-value ratio                1-4 family dwelling             to 4 family dwelling
                                   residence;  80% for a           residence;  75% for a
                                   condominium.                    condominium.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Owner Occupied:                Generally 80% for a 1 to 2      Generally 70% for a 1 to 2
Loan-to-value ratio                family dwelling or              family dwelling or condominium;
                                   condominium; 90% for a 3 to 4   70% for a 3 to 4 family.
                                   family.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                             [RESTUBBED FOR ABOVE]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           "C" Credit Grade                  "D" Credit Grade
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                               <C>
General Repayment                  Marginal credit history which     Designed to provide a borrower
                                   is offset by other positive       with poor credit history an
                                   attributes.                       opportunity to correct past
                                                                     credit problems through lower
                                                                     monthly payments.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Existing Mortgage Loans            Cannot exceed four 30-day         Must be paid in full from loan
                                   delinquencies or 2 60-day         proceeds and no more than 120
                                   delinquencies in the past 12      days delinquent.
                                   months.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Mortgage Credit                Major credit and installment      Major and minor credit
                                   debt can exhibit some minor 30-   delinquency is acceptable, but
                                   and/or 90-day delinquency.        must demonstrate some payment
                                   Minor credit may exhibit more     regularity.
                                   serious delinquency.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bankruptcy Filings                 Discharged more than 2 years      Discharged prior to closing.
                                   with reestablished credit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Debt Service-to-Income             Generally not to exceed 55%.      Generally not to exceed 55%.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner Occupied:                    Generally 70% (or 85%) for a 1    Generally 60% (or 70%) for a 1
Loan-to-value ratio                to 4 family dwelling residence;   to 4 family dwelling residence.
                                   65% for a condominium.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Owner Occupied:                Generally 60% for a 1 to 2        N/A
Loan-to-value ratio                family dwelling or condominium;
                                   60% for a 3 to 4 family.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       95
<PAGE>

         Generally, business purpose loans collateralized by residential real
estate must have an overall loan-to-value ratio (based solely on the independent
appraised fair market value of the real estate collateral securing the loan) on
the properties collateralizing the loans of no greater than 75%. Business
purpose loans collateralized by commercial real estate must generally have an
overall loan-to-value ratio (based solely on the independent appraised fair
market value of the real estate collateral securing the loan) of no greater than
60% percent. In addition, in substantially all instances, we also receive
additional collateral in the form of, among other things, personal guarantees,
pledges of securities, assignments of contract rights, life insurance and lease
payments and liens on business equipment and other business assets, as
available. The business purpose loans we originated had an average loan-to-value
ratio of 60.9% based solely on the real estate collateral securing the loan for
the fiscal 2000.

         The maximum acceptable loan-to-value ratio for home equity loans held
as available for sale or securitized is generally 90%. The home equity loans we
originated had an average loan-to-value ratio of 78.9% for fiscal 2000.
Occasionally, exceptions to these maximum loan-to-value ratios are made if other
collateral is available or if there are other compensating factors. From time to
time, we make loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 90% which may be sold
with servicing released. Title insurance is generally obtained in connection
with all real estate secured loans.

         We generally do not lend more than 95% of the appraised value in the
case of conventional first mortgage loans, other than Federal Housing Authority
and Veterans Administration loans. The conventional first mortgage loans we
originated had an average loan-to-value ratio of 83.7% for fiscal 2000. We
generally require private mortgage insurance on all conventional first mortgage
loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80% at the time of origination in
order to reduce our exposure. We obtain mortgage insurance certificates from the
FHA on all FHA loans and loan guaranty certificates from the VA on all VA loans
regardless of the loan-to-value ratio on the underlying loan amount.

         We believe that the consistent application of the criteria described
above may mitigate some of the risks associated with lending to non-conforming
borrowers.

         In determining whether the mortgaged property is adequate as
collateral, we have each property considered for financing appraised. The
appraisal is completed by an independent qualified appraiser and generally
includes pictures of comparable properties and pictures of the property securing
the loan. With respect to business purpose loans, home equity loans and
conventional first mortgage loans, the appraisal is completed by an independent
qualified appraiser on a Fannie Mae form.

         Any material decline in real estate values reduces the ability of
borrowers to use home equity to support borrowings and increases the
loan-to-value ratios of loans previously made by us, thereby weakening
collateral coverage and increasing the possibility of a loss in the event of
borrower default. Further, delinquencies, foreclosures and losses generally
increase during economic slowdowns or recessions. As a result, we cannot assure
that the market value of the real estate underlying the loans will at any time

                                       96
<PAGE>

be equal to or in excess of the outstanding principal amount of those loans.
Although we have expanded the geographic area in which we originate loans, a
downturn in the economy generally or in a specific region of the country may
have an effect on our originations. See "Risk Factors - A decline in value of
the collateral securing our loans could result in a reduction in originations
and an increase in losses on foreclosure which could reduce our profitability."

Loan Administration Procedures

         We employ a large staff of experienced collectors and supervisors
working in shifts to manage non-performing loans. In addition, several in-house
collection attorneys and paralegals work closely with these collectors and their
managers to optimize collection efforts. The goal of our labor-intensive
collections program is to emphasize delinquency prevention.

         In servicing business purpose loans and home equity loans, we typically
send an invoice to borrowers on a monthly basis advising them of the required
payment and its due date. We begin the collection process immediately after a
borrower fails to make a monthly payment. We believe we begin the collection
process earlier than lenders who provide financing to credit worthy borrowers.
When a loan becomes 45 to 60 days delinquent, it is transferred to a workout
specialist in the collections department. The workout specialist tries to
reinstate a delinquent loan, seek a payoff, or occasionally enter into a
modification agreement with the borrower to avoid foreclosure. All proposed
workout arrangements are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, based upon the
borrower's past credit history, current financial status, cooperativeness,
future prospects and the reasons for the delinquency. If the loan becomes
delinquent 61 days or more and a satisfactory workout arrangement with the
borrower is not achieved or the borrower declares bankruptcy, the matter is
immediately referred to our attorneys for collection. Due to this timing, the
foreclosure process on most delinquent loans is commenced before the loan is 100
days past due.

         To our knowledge, we are one of very few lenders that has an in-house
legal staff dedicated to the collection of delinquent loans and the handling of
bankruptcy cases. As a result, we believe our delinquent loans are reviewed from
a legal perspective earlier in the collection process than is the case with
loans made by traditional lenders so that troublesome legal issues can be noted
and, if possible, resolved earlier. Our in-house legal staff also attempts to
find solutions for delinquent loans, other than foreclosure. Every loan is
analyzed to compare the property value against the loan balance and solutions
are presented to the borrower based on the results of that analysis.

         In those situations where foreclosures are handled by outside counsel,
the in-house legal staff manages outside counsel to ensure that the time period
for handling foreclosures meets or exceeds established industry standards.
Frequent contact between in-house and outside counsel insures that the process
moves quickly and efficiently in an attempt to achieve a timely and economical
resolution to contested matters.

                                       97
<PAGE>

Securitizations


         Since 1995, we have completed 19 securitization transactions. The 19
pools of loans and leases securitized were comprised of approximately $305.7
million of business purpose loans, approximately $1.8 billion of home equity
loans and approximately $161.6 million of equipment leases. During fiscal 2000,
we securitized $104.5 million of business purpose loans, $887.9 million of home
equity loans and $9.3 million of equipment leases.

         Securitization is a financing technique often used by originators of
financial assets to raise capital. A securitization involves the transfer of a
pool of financial assets, in our case loans or leases, to a trust in exchange
for cash and a retained interest in the securitized loans and leases which is
called an interest-only strip. The trust issues multi class securities which
derive their cash flows from a pool of securitized loans and leases. These
securities, which are senior to our interest-only strips in the trust, are sold
to public or private investors. We also retain servicing on securitized loans
and leases. See "--Loan and Lease Servicing."


         As the holder of the interest-only strips received in a securitization,
we are entitled to receive excess (or residual) cash flows. These cash flows are
the difference between the payments made by the borrowers on securitized loans
and leases and the sum of the scheduled and prepaid principal and pass-through
interest paid to the investors in the trust, servicing fees, trustee fees and,
if applicable, surety fees. Surety fees are paid to an unrelated insurance
entity to provide protection for the trust investors. Overcollateralization is
the excess of the aggregate principal balances of loans and leases in a
securitized pool over investor interests. Overcollateralization requirements are
established to provide additional protection for the trust investors.


         We may be required either to repurchase or to replace loans or leases
which do not conform to the representations and warranties we made in the
pooling and servicing agreements entered into when the loans or leases are
pooled and sold through securitizations. As of June 30, 2000, we had not been
required to repurchase or replace any such loans or leases.


         When borrowers are delinquent in making scheduled payments on loans or
leases included in a securitization trust, we are required to advance interest
payments with respect to such delinquent loans or leases to the extent that we
determine that such advances will be ultimately recoverable. These advances
require funding from our capital resources but have priority of repayment from
the succeeding month's collection.


         While we are under no obligation to do so, at times we elect to
repurchase some foreclosed and delinquent loans from the securitization trusts.
Under the terms of the securitization agreements, repurchases are permitted only
for foreclosed and delinquent loans and the purchase prices are at the loans'
outstanding contractual balance. We elect to repurchase loans in situations
requiring more flexibility for the administration and collection of these loans
in order to maximize their economic recovery and to avoid temporary
discontinuations of residual or stepdown overcollateralization cash flows from
securitization trusts.



                                       98


<PAGE>


         Our securitizations often include a prefunding option where a portion
of the cash received from investors is withheld until additional loans or leases
are transferred to the trust. The loans or leases to be transferred to the trust
to satisfy the prefund option must be substantially similar in terms of
collateral, size, term, interest rate, geographic distribution and loan-to-value
ratio as the loans or leases initially transferred to the trust. To the extent
we fail to originate a sufficient number of qualifying loans or leases for the
prefunded account within the specified time period, our earnings during the
quarter in which the funding was to occur would be reduced.


         The securitization of loans and leases generated gains on sale of loans
and leases during fiscal 2000 of $90.4 million. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Securitization
Accounting Considerations."


         Subject to market conditions, we anticipate that we will continue to
securitize business purpose loans and home equity loans. We believe that a
securitization program provides a number of benefits by allowing us to diversify
our funding base, provide liquidity and lower our cost of funds.

Competition

         We compete for business purpose loans against many other finance
companies and financial institutions. Although many other entities originate
business purpose loans, we have focused our lending efforts on our niche market
of businesses which may qualify for loans from traditional lending sources but
who we believe are attracted to our products as a result of our marketing
efforts, responsive customer service and rapid processing and closing periods.

         We have significant competition for home equity loans. Through Upland
Mortgage and New Jersey Mortgage, we compete with banks, thrift institutions,
mortgage bankers and other finance companies, which may have greater resources
and name recognition. We attempt to mitigate these factors through a highly
trained staff of professionals, rapid response to prospective borrowers'
requests and by maintaining a relatively short average loan processing time. In
addition, we implemented our Bank Alliance Program in order to generate
additional loan volume.

         The various segments of our lending businesses are highly competitive.
See "Risk Factors -- Competition from other lenders and lessors could adversely
affect our profitability."

Regulation

         General. Our business is regulated by both federal and state laws. All
home equity and conventional first mortgage loans must meet the requirements of,
among other statutes and regulations, the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act of 1974, Federal
Reserve Board Regulations Z and B and Department of Housing and Urban
Development Regulation X.

         Truth in Lending. The Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z contain
disclosure requirements designed to provide consumers with uniform,
understandable information about the

                                       99

<PAGE>


terms and conditions of loans and credit transactions so that consumers may
compare credit terms. The Truth in Lending Act also guarantees consumers a
three-day right to cancel transactions described in the act and imposes specific
loan feature restrictions on some loans including the same type originated by
us. We believe that we are in compliance with the Truth in Lending Act in all
material respects. If we were found not to be in compliance with the Truth in
Lending Act, some aggrieved borrowers could have the right to rescind their
loans and/or to demand, among other things, the return of finance charges and
fees paid to us. Other fines and penalties can also be imposed under the Truth
in Lending Act and Regulation Z.

         Equal Credit Opportunity and Other Laws. We are also required to comply
with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, which prohibit creditors
from discriminating against applicants on the basis of race, color, religion,
national origin, sex, age or marital status. Regulation B also restricts
creditors from obtaining specific types of information from loan applicants.
Among other things, it also requires disclosures by the lender regarding
consumer rights and requires lenders to advise applicants of the reasons for any
credit denial. We are also required to report statistical information on loan
applicants to the Department of Housing and Urban Development which monitors
compliance with fair lending laws.

         In instances where the applicant is denied credit or the rate of
interest for a loan increases as a result of information obtained from a
consumer credit reporting agency, the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as
amended, requires lenders to supply the applicant with the name and address of
the reporting agency whose credit report was used in determining to reject a
loan application. It also requires that lenders provide other information and
disclosures about the loan application rejection. In addition, we are subject to
the Fair Housing Act and regulations under the Fair Housing Act, which broadly
prohibit specific discriminatory practices in connection with our home equity
lending business.

         We are also subject to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and
Regulation X. These laws and regulations, which are administered by the
Department of Housing and Urban Development, impose limits on the amount of
funds a borrower can be required to deposit with us in any escrow account for
the payment of taxes, insurance premiums or other charges; limits the fees which
may be paid to third parties; and imposes various disclosure requirements.

         We are subject to various other federal and state laws, rules and
regulations governing the licensing of mortgage lenders and servicers,
procedures that must be followed by mortgage lenders and servicers, and
disclosures that must be made to consumer borrowers. Failure to comply with
these laws, as well as with the laws described above, may result in civil and
criminal liability.

         Several of our subsidiaries are licensed and regulated by the
departments of banking or similar entities in the various states in which they
are licensed. The rules and regulations of the various states impose licensing
and other restrictions on lending activities such as prohibiting discrimination
and regulating collection, foreclosure procedures and claims handling, payment
features, and, in some cases, these laws fix maximum interest rates and fees.
Failure to comply with these requirements can lead to termination or suspension
of licenses, rights of rescission for mortgage loans, individual and class
action lawsuits and administrative enforcement actions.

                                      100

<PAGE>


Upland Mortgage and New Jersey Mortgage maintain compliance with the various
federal and state laws through its in-house counsel and outside counsel which
review their documentation and procedures and monitor and inform them of various
changes in the laws.

         The previously described laws and regulations are subject to
legislative, administrative and judicial interpretation. Some of these laws and
regulations have recently been enacted. Some of these laws and regulations are
rarely challenged in or interpreted by the courts. Infrequent interpretations of
these laws and regulations or an insignificant number of interpretations of
recently enacted regulations can make it difficult for us to know what is
permitted conduct under these laws and regulations. Any ambiguity under the laws
and regulations to which we are subject may lead to regulatory investigations or
enforcement actions and private causes of action, such as class action lawsuits,
with respect to our compliance with the applicable laws and regulations. See
"Risk Factors - Our lending business is subject to government regulation and
licensing requirements which may hinder our ability to operate profitably."

         Federal and state government agencies have recently begun to consider,
and in some instances have adopted, legislation to restrict lenders' ability to
charge rates and fees in connection with subprime residential mortgage loans and
loans to borrowers with problem credit. Such legislation also imposes various
loan term restrictions, e.g., limits on balloon loan features. Frequently
referred to generally as "predatory lending" legislation, such legislation may
limit our ability to impose fees, charge interest rates on consumer loans to
those borrowers with problem credit and may impose additional regulatory
restrictions on our business.

         The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which was signed into law at the end of
1999, contains comprehensive consumer financial privacy restrictions. The
various federal enforcement agencies, including the Federal Trade Commission,
have issued final regulations to implement this act; however, compliance with
the new regulations is voluntary until July 1, 2001. These restrictions fall
into two basic categories. First, a financial institution must provide various
notices to consumers about an institution's privacy policies and practices.
Second, this act gives consumers the right to prevent the financial institution
from disclosing non-public personal information about the consumer to
non-affiliated third parties, with exceptions. As with any new regulations, we
intend to prepare the appropriate disclosures and internal procedures to assure
compliance with these new requirements.

         Although we believe that we have implemented systems and procedures to
make sure that we comply with regulatory requirements, if more restrictive laws,
rules and regulations are enacted or more restrictive judicial and
administrative interpretations of those laws are issued, compliance with the
laws could become more expensive or difficult.

         Truth in Savings. If we receive the regulatory approval to operate an
industrial loan company, we will offer certificates of deposit through our
industrial loan company and will be subject to the disclosure requirements
contained in the Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD which require depository
institutions to provide uniform disclosures to consumers about the rates and
terms of certificates of deposit and other retail deposit accounts. These
disclosures enable consumers to make meaningful comparisons among depository
institutions. Failure to comply

                                      101

<PAGE>

with these disclosure requirements would subject the depository institution to
claims for damages from account holders, as well as, other fines and penalties
imposed by the regulatory agencies.

         Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. If we receive the regulatory
approval to operate an industrial loan company, the deposits of our industrial
loan company will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to
limits permitted by applicable law. As such, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation will exercise primary regulatory supervision over our industrial
loan company. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will also oversee the
compliance of our industrial loan company with consumer protection laws and
regulations applicable to lending and deposit products, as set forth above. In
addition, if we receive regulatory approval to operate an industrial loan
company, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will establish the reporting,
capital and reserve requirements of our industrial loan company in accordance
with the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Currently, we are unable to predict what
capital requirements will be imposed on our industrial loan company. If our
industrial loan company fails to comply with the applicable regulatory
requirements, the industrial loan company would be subject to enforcement
actions by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Employees


         At June 30, 2000, we employed 911 people on a full-time basis and 43
people on a part-time basis. None of our employees are covered by a collective
bargaining agreement. We consider our employee relations to be good.


Property

         Except for real estate acquired in foreclosure in the normal course of
our business, we do not presently hold title to any real estate for operating
purposes. The interests which we presently hold in real estate are in the form
of mortgages against parcels of real estate owned by our borrowers or their
affiliates and real estate acquired through foreclosure.


         We presently lease office space at 111 Presidential Boulevard, Bala
Cynwyd, Pennsylvania, just outside the city limits of Philadelphia. We are
currently leasing this office space under lease with an annual rental cost of
approximately $2.2 million. The current lease term expires July 31, 2003. We
also lease the Roseland, New Jersey office which functions as the headquarters
for New Jersey Mortgage and its subsidiary. The Roseland office lease term
expires in July 2003 and contains a renewal option for an additional term of
five years. The Roseland office facility has a current annual rental cost of
approximately $766,000. In addition, we lease branch offices on a short term
basis in various cities throughout the United States. We do not believe that the
leases for the branch offices are material to our operations.


Legal Proceedings

         From time to time, we are involved as plaintiff or defendant in various
other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of our business. While we
cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these various legal proceedings, it is
management's opinion that the resolution of these legal actions should not have
a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

                                      102

<PAGE>


                       WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

         We filed a Registration Statement on Form S-2 (which, together with all
exhibits and schedules thereto, is referred to as the "registration statement")
with the SEC, with respect to the registration of the notes offered by this
prospectus, which contains additional information and documents. For further
information pertaining to our business, the debt securities offered by this
prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement,
including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement.

         We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and
other information with the SEC. So long as we are subject to the SEC's reporting
requirements, we will continue to furnish the reports and other required
information to the SEC. We will furnish all holders of the notes with copies of
our annual reports containing audited financial statements and an opinion
thereon expressed by our independent auditors and will make available copies of
quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing
unaudited financial information.


         The following documents that we filed with the SEC, as well as all
other reports filed with the SEC since June 30, 2000 are incorporated by
reference in this prospectus:

                  SEC Filing                              Period or Date
--------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------
Annual Report on Form 10-K
(File No. 0-22474)                                          June 30, 2000
Current Report on Form 8-K/A
(File No. 0-22474)                                          October __, 2000


         You may read and copy any reports, statements and other information we
file at the SEC's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the
operations of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available on
the SEC's Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).

         Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market System under
the symbol "ABFI." You may also read reports, proxy statements and other
information we file at the offices of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20006.

         We will provide, at no cost, to each person to whom this prospectus is
delivered, upon written or oral request, copies of any of the information
incorporated by reference or included in the registration statement, which is
not included in this prospectus. Requests should be directed to:

                            Jeffrey M. Ruben, Esquire
                   American Business Financial Services, Inc.
                            Bala Pointe Office Centre
                           111 Presidential Boulevard
                              Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
                                 (610) 668-2440



                                      103
<PAGE>


                                   MANAGEMENT

General

         All of our directors and executive officers hold office during the term
for which they are elected and until their successors are elected and qualified.

         The following table sets forth information regarding our Board of
Directors and executive officers:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Name                     Age (1)                       Position
--------------------------------------  ---------- --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>    <C>

Anthony J. Santilli.................        57     Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
                                                   Operating Officer and Director
Leonard Becker......................        76     Director
Michael DeLuca......................        68     Director
Richard Kaufman.....................        58     Director
Harold E. Sussman...................        74     Director
Beverly Santilli....................        41     First Executive Vice President and Secretary of ABFS
                                                   and President of American Business Credit
Jeffrey M. Ruben....................        37     Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Albert W. Mandia....................        53     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Milt Riseman........................        63     Chairman of Consumer Mortgage Group
Ralph J. Hall.......................        51     Chairman of Business Alliance Group
</TABLE>

-----------------------
(1)  As of June 30, 2000.


Directors

         Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation currently
provides that the Board shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen
directors and that within these limits the number of directors shall be as
established by the Board. The Board has set the number of directors at five or
until their successors are elected and qualified. Our Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Board of Directors shall be
divided into three classes which have staggered terms of office, and which are
as equal in number as possible. The members of each class of directors are to be
elected for a term of three years. Our Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes for the
election of directors.

         The principal occupation of each of our directors is set forth below.
All directors have held their present position for at least five years unless
otherwise indicated.

         Anthony J. Santilli is our Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Operating Officer and is an executive officer of its subsidiaries. He
has held the positions since early 1993 when we became the parent company of
American Business Credit. He has held the positions with the subsidiaries since
the formation of American Business Credit in June 1988.

                                      104

<PAGE>


         Prior to the founding of American Business Credit in 1988, Mr. Santilli
was Vice President and Department Head of the Philadelphia Savings Fund Society
("PSFS"). As such, Mr. Santilli was responsible for PSFS' commercial
relationships with small and middle market business customers. Mr. Santilli also
served as the Secretary of PSFS' Asset/Liability Committee from May 1983 to June
1985 and as the Secretary of PSFS' Policy Committee from June 1986 to June 1987.

         Leonard Becker is a self-employed real estate investor, a position he
has held since 1980. Mr. Becker was a former 50% owner and officer of the SBIC
of the Eastern States, Inc., a federally licensed small business corporation
which made medium term loans to small business concerns from 1967 to 1980. For
the last 30 years, Mr. Becker has been heavily involved in the investment in and
management of real estate, and has been involved in the ownership of numerous
shopping centers, office buildings and apartments.

         Michael DeLuca is Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Lux
Products Corporation, a position he has held since 1991. Mr. DeLuca was
President, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a former owner of
Bradford-White Corporation, a manufacturer of plumbing products from 1982 to the
end of 1991. Presently, Mr. DeLuca serves as a Director of BWC-West, Inc.,
Bradford-White International.

         Richard Kaufman is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Academy
Industries, Inc., a paper converting company, a position he has held since
December 1996. From 1982 to 1996, he was self-employed and involved in making
and managing investments for his own benefit. From 1976 to 1982, Mr. Kaufman was
President and Chief Operating Officer of Morlan International, Inc., a cemetery
and financial services conglomerate. From 1970 to 1976, Mr. Kaufman served as a
Director and Vice President-Real Estate and Human Services Division of Texas
International, Inc., an oil and gas conglomerate.

         Harold E. Sussman is currently a principal in and Chairman of the Board
of the real estate firm of Colliers, Lanard & Axilbund, a major commercial and
industrial real estate brokerage and management firm in the Philadelphia area,
with which he has been associated since 1972.

Executive Officers who are not also Directors

         The following is a description of the business experience of each
executive officer who is not also a director.


         Beverly Santilli, age 41, is First Executive Vice President, a
position she has held since September 1998 and Secretary, a position she has
held since our inception. Mrs. Santilli has held a variety of positions
including Executive Vice President and Vice President. Mrs. Santilli is also the
President of American Business Credit. Mrs. Santilli is responsible for all
sales, marketing and day-to-day operation of American Business Credit. Mrs.
Santilli is also responsible for human resources of ABFS. Prior to joining
American Business Credit and from September 1984 to November 1987, Mrs. Santilli
was affiliated with PSFS initially as an


                                      105

<PAGE>


Account Executive and later as a Commercial Lending Officer with that bank's
Private Banking Group. Mrs. Santilli is the wife of Anthony J. Santilli.

         Jeffrey M. Ruben, age 37, is Executive Vice President and General
Counsel, a position he has held since September 1998 .He is also Executive Vice
President and General Counsel of some of our subsidiaries, positions he has held
since April 1992. Mr. Ruben is responsible for the loan and the lease
collections departments, the asset allocation unit and the legal department. Mr.
Ruben served as Senior Vice President from April 1992 to September 1998. From
June 1990 until he joined us in April 1992, Mr. Ruben was an attorney with the
law firm of Klehr, Harrison, Harvey, Branzburg & Ellers in Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania. From December 1987 until June 1990, Mr. Ruben was employed as a
credit analyst with the CIT Group Equipment Financing, Inc. Mr. Ruben is a
member of the Pennsylvania and New Jersey Bar Associations. Mr. Ruben holds both
a New Jersey Mortgage Banker License and a New Jersey Secondary Mortgage Banker
License.

         Albert W. Mandia, age 53, is Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of ABFS, positions he has held since June 1998 and October
1998, respectively. Mr. Mandia is responsible for all financial, information
systems and investor relations functions. From 1974 to 1998, Mr. Mandia was
associated with CoreStates Financial Corp. where he last held the position of
Chief Financial Officer from February 1997 to April 1998.

         Milt Riseman, age 63, is Chairman of the Consumer Mortgage Group, a
position he has held since June 1999. Mr. Riseman is responsible for the sales,
marketing and day-to-day operation of Upland Mortgage, including the Upland
Mortgage retail operation at the Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania headquarters, and the
Upland branch operation, which includes 12 offices throughout the United States.
He is also responsible for the consumer mortgage web site,
www.UplandMortgage.com. Mr. Riseman was President of Advanta Mortgage from
February 1994 until 1999. He joined Advanta in 1992 as Senior Vice President,
Administration. From 1986 until 1992, Mr. Riseman was President of Citicorp
Acceptance Corp. He joined Citicorp in 1965, and in 1978, he moved into general
management positions in the bank's New York region.

         Ralph J. Hall, age 51, is Chairman of the Business Alliance Group, a
position he held since May 2000. Mr. Hall is responsible for leading our New
Jersey Mortgage and Processing Service Center subsidiaries in their business
development efforts. He will also lead the growing business opportunities
presented by business-to-business commerce. Mr. Hall was President and Chief
Executive Officer of GreenPoint Mortgage Corp., North Carolina and Executive
Vice President of GreenPoint Bank, New York, from July 1995 to April 2000. From
1992 to 1994, Mr. Hall was General Manager and Chief Operating Officer of GMAC
Mortgage Corp., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Before joining GMAC Mortgage, he was
President and Chief Executive Officer of GMAC Capital Corp. in Utah. Mr. Hall
has also held positions with Citicorp, Arthur Anderson & Co., and Shell Oil
Company.


                                      106

<PAGE>


                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

         The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 15, 2000 by our directors
and executive officers and each person known to be the beneficial owners of five
percent or more of our common stock, and all directors and executive officers as
a group. The business address of our officers is our address.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Number of
                                                                              Shares
                                                                          Beneficially            Percentage of
       Name, Position and Address of Beneficial Owner                        Owned (1)                Class
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                         <C>       <C>           <C>
Anthony J. Santilli, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer,          1,009,646 (2)(3)        28.6%
Chief Operating Officer and Director of ABFS and Beverly Santilli,
President of ABC and First Executive Vice President and Secretary of
ABFS

Michael DeLuca, Director of ABFS                                              224,972 (4)            6.7
Lux Products
6001 Commerce Park
Mt. Laurel, NJ 08054

Richard Kaufman, Director of ABFS                                             199,589 (4)            4.5
1126 Bryn Tyddyn Drive
Gladwyne, PA 19035

Leonard Becker, Director of ABFS                                              123,417 (5)            3.7
Becker Associates
111 Presidential Blvd., Suite 140
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004

Harold E. Sussman, Director of ABFS                                           127,297 (4)            3.8
Colliers, Lanard & Axilbund
399 Market Street, 3rd Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19106

Jeffrey M. Ruben                                                               46,775 (6)            0.6
Executive Vice President and General Counsel of ABFS

Albert W. Mandia                                                               34,125 (7)            0.2
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ABFS

Milt Riseman                                                                   20,000 (8)               (10)
Chairman of the Consumer Mortgage Group

Ralph J. Hall                                                                  20,000 (8)               (10)
Chairman of the Business Alliance Group

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)                1,805,821 (9)           46.8
</TABLE>


------------
(1)    The securities "beneficially owned" by an individual are determined in
       accordance with the definition of "beneficial ownership" set forth in the
       regulations of the SEC. Accordingly they may include securities owned by
       or for, among others, the wife and/or minor children or the individual
       and any other relative who has the same home as such individual, as well
       as other securities as to which the individual has or shares voting or
       investment power or has the right to acquire under outstanding stock
       options within 60 days after the date of this table. Beneficial ownership
       may be disclaimed as to certain of the securities.


                                      107

<PAGE>

(2)    Shares listed are held in joint tenancy by Mr. and Mrs. Santilli.
(3)    Includes options to purchase 49,375 shares of common stock awarded to Mr.
       Santilli pursuant to our Stock Option Plan, of which 30,975 are currently
       exercisable, and options to purchase 38,375 shares of common stock
       awarded to Mrs. Santilli pursuant to our Stock Option Plan, of which
       9,975 are currently exercisable.
(4)    Includes options to purchase 49,375 shares of common stock awarded
       pursuant to our Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, all of which
       are currently exercisable.
(5)    Includes options to purchase 26,875 shares of common stock awarded
       pursuant to our Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, all of which
       are currently exercisable.
(6)    Includes options to purchase 38,375 shares of common stock awarded
       pursuant to our Stock Option Plan, of which 9,975 are currently
       exercisable.
(7)    Includes options to purchase 33,125 shares of common stock awarded
       pursuant to our Stock Option Plan, of which 5,250 are currently
       exercisable.
(8)    Includes options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock awarded to our
       Stock Option Plan, of which none are currently exercisable.
(9)    Includes options to purchase 374,250 shares of common stock awarded to
       directors and officers of which 231,175 are currently exercisable.
(10)   Less than one percent.


                                      108




<PAGE>


                           MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND
                           RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         Our common stock is currently traded on the NASDAQ National Market
System under the symbol "ABFI." Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ
National Market System on February 14, 1997. Prior to February 14, 1997, our
common stock had been traded on the Philadelphia Stock Exchange under the symbol
"AFX" since May 13, 1996. Prior to the commencement of trading on the PHLX,
there was no active trading market for our common stock.

         The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of our
common stock for the periods indicated. The stock price information appearing in
the table below has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 5%
stock dividend declared subsequent to June 30, 1999. On October 6, 2000, the
closing price of the common stock on the NASDAQ National Market System was
$5.75.

                      Quarter Ended                          High          Low
------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -------
June 30, 1997.........................................    $  21.42      $  17.62
September 30, 1997....................................       22.86         18.57
December 31, 1997.....................................       26.67         19.64
March 31, 1998........................................       26.19         19.52
June 30, 1998.........................................       24.29         20.95
September 30, 1998....................................       20.71         11.19
December 31, 1998.....................................       13.70          5.48
March 31, 1999........................................       14.29         11.67
June 30, 1999.........................................       18.93         10.23
September 30, 1999....................................       13.75         11.69
December 31, 1999.....................................       13.00          9.34
March 31, 2000........................................       26.00         11.63
June 30, 2000.........................................       18.38          9.88
September 30, 2000....................................       15.31          4.88
December 31, 2000 (through October 6, 2000)...........        7.88          5.44

         As of August 31, 2000, there were 130 record holders and approximately
1,400 beneficial holders of our common stock.

         During the year ended June 30, 2000, we paid $0.30 per share in
dividends on our common stock, for an aggregate dividend payment of $1.0
million. During fiscal 1999, we paid $0.165 per share in dividends on our common
stock, for an aggregate dividend payment of $575,000. During fiscal 1998, we
paid dividends of $211,000 on our common stock. The payment of dividends in the
future is in the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend,
among other things, upon earnings, capital requirements and financial condition,
as well as other relevant factors.

         On August 18, 1999, our Board of Directors declared a 5% stock dividend
paid on September 27, 1999, to stockholders of record as of September 3, 1999.
The stock price information in the table above has been adjusted to reflect this
stock dividend.



                                      109


<PAGE>


         As a Delaware corporation, we may not declare and pay dividends on
capital stock if the amount paid exceeds an amount equal to the excess of our
net assets over paid-in-capital or, if there is no excess, our net profits for
the current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

         On October 27, 1997, we issued 20,240 shares of common stock to Stanley
L. Furst and Joel E. Furst as partial consideration for their 100% interest in
New Jersey Mortgage.




                                      110




<PAGE>


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         We do not currently use a broker-dealer or the agent to assist in the
sales of the debt securities. We may employ the services of a National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. member broker-dealer in the future for
purposes of offering the debt securities on a "best-efforts" or agency basis. If
an agreement concerning the use of the services of any broker-dealer is reached,
we may pay the broker-dealer a commission which we estimate will range from .5%
to 10% of the sale price of any notes sold through the broker-dealer, depending
on numerous factors. We may also agree to indemnify the broker-dealer against
specific liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to
reimburse the broker-dealer for its costs and expenses, up to a maximum to be
determined, based upon the total dollar value of the securities sold. We will
otherwise offer the debt securities through our employees in accordance with
Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

         We may reject any order, in whole or in part, for any reason. Your
order is irrevocable upon receipt by us. In the event your order is not
accepted, we will promptly refund your funds, without deduction of any costs and
without interest. We expect that orders will be refunded within 48 hours after
receipt. Once your order has been accepted, the applicable order funds will be
promptly deposited in our account. We will send a receipt to you as soon as
practicable after acceptance of your order. No minimum number of debt securities
must be sold in the offering. You will not know at the time of order whether we
will be successful in completing the sale of any or all of the debt securities
being offered. We reserve the right to withdraw or cancel the offering at any
time. In the event of a withdrawal or cancellation, orders previously received
will be irrevocable and no funds will be refunded.

         We may from time to time offer investment incentives to investors.
These incentives could take the form of merchandise travel, accommodations, or
other goods or services which would be awarded to investors who satisfy total
investment, length of investment or other criteria. There are no specific
incentive programs in place on the date of this prospectus. Any specific
incentive program would be disclosed in a prospectus supplement. Investors must
consider that they will recognize income for income tax purposes based upon the
value of any incentive received.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP, a Pennsylvania limited liability
partnership, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, will deliver an opinion stating that
the debt securities when issued as contemplated by this prospectus will be
binding obligations.

                                     EXPERTS


         Our consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2000, 1999 and for
the years ending June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 included in this prospectus, have
been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, independent certified public accountants, as
set forth in their report appearing in this prospectus and have been included in
reliance upon that report given upon the authority of BDO Seidman, LLP as
experts in accounting and auditing.


                                      111

<PAGE>



                      AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants........................  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2000 and 1999..................  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
         June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.....................................  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
         June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.....................................  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended
         June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.....................................  F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-8
















                                       F-1


<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------





Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants



American Business Financial Services, Inc.
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American
Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2000 and 1999,
and the related consolidated statements of income and stockholders' equity, and
cash flow for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2000.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of American Business
Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2000 and 1999, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flow for each of the
years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2000 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.


/s/ BDO Seidman LLP

BDO Seidman LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

September 29, 2000




                                      F-2
<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                                     Consolidated Balance Sheets
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
June 30,                                                                         2000          1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                                          <C>           <C>
Assets

Cash and cash equivalents                                                    $ 69,751      $   22,395
Loan and lease receivables, net
     Available for sale                                                        44,132          33,776
     Other                                                                     13,002           6,863
Interest-only strips                                                          277,872         178,218
Servicing rights                                                               74,919          43,210
Receivable for sold loans and leases                                           51,283          66,086
Prepaid expenses                                                                2,209           1,671
Property and equipment, net                                                    17,756          10,671
Other assets                                                                   41,744          33,411
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total assets                                                                 $592,668      $  396,301
=====================================================================================================

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities
     Subordinated debt                                                       $390,676      $  211,652
     Warehouse lines and other notes payable                                   50,842          58,691
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                     31,496          26,826
     Deferred income taxes                                                     22,773          16,604
     Other liabilities                                                         34,766          24,282
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total liabilities                                                             530,553         338,055
=====================================================================================================

Stockholders' equity
   Preferred stock, par value $.001
   Authorized, 1,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding, none                      --              --
   Common stock, par value $.001
   Authorized, 9,000,000 shares
Issued: 3,642,592 shares in 2000 and 3,703,514 shares in 1999
   (including Treasury shares of 318,918 in 2000 and 116,550 in 1999)               4               3
   Additional paid-in capital                                                  24,291          23,339
   Accumulated other comprehensive income                                       5,458           3,354
   Retained earnings                                                           36,850          33,596
   Treasury stock at cost, 318,918 shares in 2000 and 116,550 shares
   in 1999                                                                     (3,888)         (1,446)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               62,715          58,846
     Note receivable                                                             (600)           (600)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total stockholders' equity                                                     62,115          58,246
=====================================================================================================

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                   $592,668      $  396,301
=====================================================================================================

                                          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>


                                       F-3
<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                               Consolidated Statements of Income
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended June 30,                                           2000                1999                1998
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           (dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>                 <C>
Revenues
     Gain on sale of loans and leases                    $        90,380    $        64,490     $        40,778
     Interest and fees                                            19,400             16,553              17,386
     Interest accretion on interest-only strips                   16,616              2,021                 538
     Servicing income                                              4,239              3,321                 476
     Other income                                                     11                 39                 157
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total revenues                                                   130,646             86,424              59,335
===============================================================================================================

Expenses
     Interest                                                     38,122             22,427              13,190
     Provision for credit losses                                   2,045                928                 491
     Employee related costs                                       12,847              5,318               5,030
     Sales and marketing                                          25,336             21,859              14,237
     General and administrative                                   29,331             14,041               8,497
     Interest-only strips fair value adjustment                   12,603                 --                  --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total expenses                                                   120,284             64,573              41,445
===============================================================================================================

Income before provision for income taxes                          10,362             21,851              17,890

Provision for income taxes                                         3,938              7,763               6,435
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income                                               $         6,424    $        14,088     $        11,455
===============================================================================================================

Earnings per common share
     Basic                                               $          1.88    $          3.83     $          3.10
     Diluted                                             $          1.83    $          3.72     $          2.98
===============================================================================================================

Average common shares (in thousands)
     Basic                                                         3,424              3,682               3,692
     Diluted                                                       3,509              3,791               3,847
===============================================================================================================

                                                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>

                                       F-4

<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Common Stock
                                                ---------------------------                     Accumulated
                                                      Number                     Additional         Other
                                                     Of Shares                    Paid-In       Comprehensive      Retained
                                                    Outstanding     Amount        Capital          Income          Earnings
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              (dollar amounts in thousands)

<S>           <C> <C>                                   <C>        <C>          <C>               <C>              <C>
Balance, June 30, 1997                                  3,679      $     3      $  22,669         $        --      $  8,839
Common stock issued for acquisition                        21           --            500                  --            --
Issuance of non-employee stock options                     --           --             87                  --            --
Cash dividends ($.06 per share)                            --           --             --                  --          (211)
Net income                                                 --           --             --                  --        11,455
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, June 30, 1998                                  3,700            3         23,256                  --        20,083
Comprehensive income:
     Net income                                            --          --              --                  --        14,088
     Unrealized gains on interest-only strips              --          --              --               3,354            --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total comprehensive income                                 --          --              --               3,354        14,088

Issuance of non-employee stock options                     --          --              73                  --            --
Exercise of stock options                                   4          --              10                  --            --
Cash dividends ($0.165 per share)                          --          --              --                  --          (575)
Repurchase of treasury shares                            (117)         --              --                  --            --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, June 30, 1999                                  3,587           3          23,339               3,354        33,596
Comprehensive income:
     Net income                                            --          --              --                  --         6,424
     Unrealized gains on interest-only strips              --          --              --               2,104            --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total comprehensive income                                 --          --              --               2,104         6,424

Issuance of non-employee stock options                     --          --             130                  --
Exercise of stock options                                  64           1             218                  --
Cash dividends ($0.30 per share)                           --          --              --                  --        (1,014)
Repurchase of treasury shares                            (327)         --              --                  --
Stock dividend (5% of outstanding shares)
     Issuance of treasury shares                           --          --                                  --
     Issuance of new shares                                --          --             604                  --        (2,156)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, June 30, 2000                                  3,324      $    4       $  24,291         $     5,458     $  36,850
===============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                  Total
                                                  Treasury        Note         Stockholders'
                                                   Stock       Receivable          Equity
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<S>           <C> <C>                             <C>           <C>               <C>
Balance, June 30, 1997                            $     --      $     (600)       $ 30,911
Common stock issued for acquisition                     --             --              500
Issuance of non-employee stock options                  --             --               87
Cash dividends ($.06 per share)                         --             --             (211)
Net income                                              --             --           11,455
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, June 30, 1998                                  --           (600)          42,742
Comprehensive income:
     Net income                                         --             --           14,088
     Unrealized gains on interest-only strips           --             --            3,354
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total comprehensive income                              --             --           17,442

Issuance of non-employee stock options                  --             --               73
Exercise of stock options                               --             --               10
Cash dividends ($0.165 per share)                       --             --             (575)
Repurchase of treasury shares                       (1,446)            --           (1,446)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, June 30, 1999                              (1,446)          (600)          58,246
Comprehensive income:
     Net income                                         --             --            6,424
     Unrealized gains on interest-only strips           --             --            2,104
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total comprehensive income                              --             --            8,528

Issuance of non-employee stock options                  --             --              130
Exercise of stock options                               --             --              219
Cash dividends ($0.30 per share)                        --             --           (1,014)
Repurchase of treasury shares                       (3,994)            --           (3,994)
Stock dividend (5% of outstanding shares)
     Issuance of treasury shares                     1,552             --            1,552
     Issuance of new shares                             --             --           (1,552)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, June 30, 2000                            $ (3,888)      $   (600)        $ 62,115
============================================================================================
</TABLE>

                     See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


                                       F-5

<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended June 30,                                                         2000                  1999             1998
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>                  <C>               <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
     Net income                                                         $    6,424           $   14,088        $  11,455
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to
         net cash used in operating activities
              Gain on sales of loans and leases                            (90,380)             (64,490)         (40,778)
              Depreciation and amortization                                 21,452               10,826            5,340
              Interest accretion on interest-only strips                   (16,616)              (2,021)            (538)
              Interest-only strips fair value adjustment                    12,603                   --               --
              Provision for credit losses                                    2,045                  928              491
              Net charge-offs                                               (1,458)              (1,107)            (667)
         Loans and leases originated for sale                           (1,174,518)            (918,477)        (510,783)
         Proceeds from sale of loans and leases                          1,104,372              883,349          436,294
         Principal payments on loans and leases                              9,686                9,200           19,003
         (Increase) decrease in accrued interest
              and fees on loan and lease receivables                        (6,139)              (2,767)           6,164
         Required purchases of initial overcollateralization
              on  securitized loans and leases                             (11,232)              (4,825)          (5,376)
         Required purchase of additional
              overcollateralization for securitized
              loans and leases                                             (29,925)             (16,682)          (9,961)
         Cash flow from interest-only strips                                49,508               32,927           13,382
         Decrease (increase) in receivable for loans and
              leases sold                                                    8,314              (70,895)          (2,687)
         (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses                              (538)                 901           (1,391)
         Increase in accounts payable and
              accrued expenses                                               4,670               11,465            9,199
         Increase in deferred income taxes                                   6,169                5,539            5,333
         Increase in loans in process                                       10,484               11,484            6,455
         Other, net                                                         (6,874)                (976)           3,393
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash used in operating activities                                     (101,953)            (101,533)         (55,672)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash flows from investing activities
     Purchase of property and equipment                                    (11,523)              (5,819)          (4,085)
     Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                               --                  684               --
     Purchase of investments                                                  (713)                  --           (2,986)
     Principal receipts and maturity of investments                             32                3,428            5,101
     Purchase of subsidiary, net                                                --                   --           (8,866)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                        (12,204)              (1,707)         (10,836)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                      F-6


<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended June 30,                                                 2000                 1999                  1998
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Cash flows from financing activities
     Proceeds from issuance of subordinated
         debentures                                              $265,590             $168,357              $ 73,884
     Principal payments on subordinated
         debentures                                               (86,567)             (70,636)              (25,044)
     Net borrowings on revolving lines of credit                  (14,153)              25,241                19,750
     Borrowings, lease funding facility                            12,294                   --                    --
     Principal payments, lease funding facility                    (2,955)                  --                    --
     (Principal payments on) proceeds from repurchase
         agreement                                                 (1,072)               4,677                    --
     Principal payments on notes payable, other                    (1,963)              (1,566)                 (445)
     Financing costs incurred                                      (5,002)              (2,986)               (2,041)
     Exercise of employee stock options                               219                   10                    --
     Issuance of non-employee stock options                           130                   73                    87
     Cash dividends paid                                           (1,014)                (575)                 (211)
     Purchase of treasury stock                                    (3,994)              (1,446)                   --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash provided by financing activities                         161,513              121,149                65,980
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net increase (decrease) in
     cash and cash equivalents                                   $ 47,356             $ 17,909              $   (528)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                     22,395                4,486                 5,014
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                         $ 69,751             $ 22,395              $  4,486
====================================================================================================================

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
     Cash paid (net refunds received) during the
     year for:
         Interest                                                $ 29,076             $ 18,900             $  10,647
====================================================================================================================

         Income taxes                                            $   (469)            $  3,750             $      50
====================================================================================================================

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activity
     Noncash transaction recorded in connection with
     acquisition of subsidiary
         Decrease in acquisition debt                            $  (457)             $ (1,001)            $  (3,418)

         Decrease in loan and lease receivables                      457                 1,001                 3,418

</TABLE>


                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-7

<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of               Business
   Significant
   Accounting               American Business Financial Services, Inc. ("ABFS"),
   Policies                 together with its subsidiaries (the "Company"), is a
                            diversified financial service organization operating
                            throughout the United States. The Company originates
                            loans through a combination of channels including a
                            national processing center located in the Company's
                            centralized operating office in Bala Cynwyd,
                            Pennsylvania, and a retail branch network of
                            offices. The Company, through its principal direct
                            and indirect subsidiaries, originates, sells and
                            services loans to businesses secured by real estate
                            and other business assets, mortgage and home equity
                            loans, typically to credit impaired borrowers
                            secured by first and second mortgages. In addition
                            the Company offers subordinated debt securities to
                            the public, the proceeds of which are used to fund
                            loan and lease originations and the Company's
                            operations.

                            Prior to December 31, 1999 the Company also
                            originated equipment leases. Effective December 31,
                            1999 the Company de-emphasized the leasing
                            origination business as a result of its strategy of
                            focusing on its most profitable lines of business.
                            The Company is continuing to service the remaining
                            leases in its managed portfolio, which totaled
                            $119.0 million at June 30, 2000.


                            Business Conditions:

                            For its ongoing operations, the Company depends upon
                            frequent financings, including the sale of unsecured
                            subordinated debt securities and borrowings under
                            warehouse credit facilities or lines of credit. If
                            it is unable to renew or obtain adequate funding
                            through its sale of subordinated debt securities or
                            under a warehouse credit facility, or other
                            borrowings, the lack of adequate funds would reduce
                            profitability. To the extent that the Company is not
                            successful in maintaining or replacing existing
                            subordinated debt securities upon maturity, it may
                            have to limit loan originations or sell loans
                            earlier than intended and restructure its
                            operations. Limiting originations or earlier sales
                            of loans could reduce profitability.

                            The Company has historically experienced negative
                            cash flow from operations since 1996 primarily
                            because its business strategy of selling loans
                            through securitization does not generate cash flow
                            immediately. The Company expects this negative cash
                            flow from operations to continue in the foreseeable
                            future. If the Company continues to experience
                            negative cash flows from operations, its ability to
                            make principal and interest payments due under the
                            terms of the subordinated debentures could be
                            impaired. At June 30, 2000, there were approximately
                            $177.7 million of subordinated debentures which will
                            mature through June 30, 2001.

                            The Company obtains the funds to repay the
                            subordinated debentures at their maturities by
                            securitizing loans, selling whole loans and selling
                            additional subordinated debentures. The Company
                            could, in the future, generate cash

                                    F-8

<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of               flows by securitizing, selling, or borrowing against
   Significant              its interest-only strips and selling servicing
   Accounting               rights generated in past securitizations. If the
   Policies (continued)     Company is unable in the future to securitize loans,
                            to sell whole loans, or to realize cash flows from
                            interest-only strips and servicing rights generated
                            in past securitizations, its ability to repay the
                            subordinated debentures could be impaired.

                            Because the Company has only $98.2 million of
                            registered subordinated debt available for future
                            issuance at June 30, 2000, and a new subordinated
                            debenture registration is not effective, the Company
                            has developed a contingent financial restructuring
                            plan including cash flow projections for the twelve
                            months ending September 30, 2001. Based on the
                            Company's current cash flow projections, the Company
                            anticipates being able to make all scheduled
                            subordinated maturities and vendor payments.

                            The contingent financial restructuring plan is based
                            on actions that the Company would take to reduce its
                            operating expenses and conserve cash. These actions
                            would include reducing capital expenditures,
                            transitioning from securitizing the majority of
                            loans originated to selling those loans on a
                            whole-loan basis, eliminating or downsizing various
                            lending, overhead and support groups, and scaling
                            back the development of new business distribution
                            channels and less profitable businesses.


                            Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

                            The consolidated financial statements include the
                            accounts of ABFS and its subsidiaries (all of which
                            are wholly owned.) The consolidated financial
                            statements have been prepared in accordance with
                            generally accepted accounting principles. All
                            significant intercompany balances and transactions
                            have been eliminated. In preparing the consolidated
                            financial statements, management is required to make
                            estimates and assumptions which affect the reported
                            amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of
                            the consolidated financial statements and the
                            reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
                            reporting period. Actual results could differ from
                            those estimates. These estimates include, among
                            other things, estimated prepayment, credit loss and
                            discount rates on loans and leases sold with
                            servicing retained, estimated servicing revenues and
                            costs, valuation of collateral owned and
                            determination of the allowance for credit losses.

                            Certain prior period financial statement balances
                            have been reclassified to conform to current period
                            presentation. All outstanding share, average common
                            share, earnings per common share and stock option
                            amounts reported as of June 30, 1999 and prior have
                            been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of
                            a 5% stock dividend declared August 18, 1999. See
                            Note 10 for further description.

                                  F-9


<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of               Cash and Cash Equivalents
   Significant
   Accounting               Cash equivalents consist of short-term investments
   Policies (continued)     with an initial maturity of three months or less.

                            Loan and Lease Receivables

                            Loan and lease receivables - available for sale are
                            loans and leases the Company plans to sell or
                            securitize and are carried at the lower of aggregate
                            cost (principal balance, including unamortized
                            origination costs and fees) or market value. Market
                            value is determined by quality of credit risk, types
                            of loans originated, current interest rates,
                            economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

                            Loan and lease receivables - other is comprised
                            mainly of accrued interest and fees on loans and
                            leases and lease equipment residuals receivable from
                            a third party. These amounts are carried at their
                            net recoverable value.

                            Allowance for Credit Losses

                            The Company's allowance for credit losses on
                            available for sale loans and leases is maintained to
                            account for loans and leases that are delinquent and
                            are expected to be ineligible for sale into a
                            securitization. The allowance is calculated based
                            upon management's estimate of the expected
                            collectibility of loans and leases outstanding based
                            upon a variety of factors, including but not limited
                            to, periodic analysis of the available for sale
                            loans and leases, economic conditions and trends,
                            historical credit loss experience, borrowers'
                            ability to repay, and collateral considerations.

                            Additions to the allowance arise from the provision
                            for credit losses charged to operations or from the
                            recovery of amounts previously charged-off. Loan and
                            lease charge-offs reduce the allowance.

                            Loan and Lease Origination Costs and Fees

                            Direct loan and lease origination costs and loan
                            fees such as points and other closing fees are
                            recorded as an adjustment to the cost basis of the
                            related loan and lease receivable and are recognized
                            in the Consolidated Statement of Income as an
                            adjustment to the gain on sale recorded at the time
                            the loans and leases are securitized.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of               Interest-only Strips
   Significant
   Accounting               The Company sells a majority of its originated loans
   Policies (continued)     and leases through securitizations. In connection
                            with these securitizations, the Company receives
                            cash and an interest-only strip which represents our
                            retained interest in the securitized loans and
                            leases. As a holder of the interest-only strips, the
                            Company is entitled to receive certain excess (or
                            residual) cash flows which are derived from payments
                            made to the trust from the securitized loans and
                            leases after deducting payments to investors in the
                            securitization trust and other miscellaneous fees.
                            These cash flows are projected over the life of the
                            loans and leases using certain prepayment and
                            default assumptions. Excess cash flows are retained
                            by the trust until certain overcollateralization
                            levels are established. The overcollateralization
                            causes the aggregate principal amount of the related
                            securitization pool to exceed the aggregate balance
                            of the investor notes. The overcollateralization
                            serves as credit enhancement for the investors. The
                            securitization trusts and its investors have no
                            recourse to other assets of the Company for failure
                            of the securitized loans and leases to pay when due.

                            The fair values of the excess cash flows are
                            estimated based on a discounted cash flow analysis,
                            and are recorded by the Company at the time loans
                            and leases are securitized. Cash flows are
                            discounted from the date the cash is expected to be
                            available to the Company (the "cash-out method").
                            Cash flows are discounted at a rate management
                            believes is commensurate with the risks involved in
                            the Company's securitization assets. See
                            "Management's Discussion and Analysis -
                            Securitization Accounting Considerations" for
                            further discussion of how the discount rate is
                            determined.

                            Interest-only strips are periodically revalued by
                            the Company based on a discounted cash flow analysis
                            of loans and leases remaining in the trusts. The
                            assumptions for prepayment and default rates are
                            monitored against actual experience and adjusted if
                            warranted. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
                            - Securitization Accounting Considerations" for more
                            information regarding these assumptions and actual
                            experience.

                            Servicing Rights

                            Upon the securitization of loans and leases, the
                            Company retains servicing rights. Because the
                            benefits of servicing are expected to be more than
                            adequate compensation to the Company for performing
                            the servicing, the Company capitalizes the benefits
                            associated with the rights to service securitized
                            loans and leases based on the servicing rights'
                            relative fair value to other consideration received
                            in a securitization. The fair value of servicing
                            rights is estimated based on a discounted cash flow
                            analysis which considers contractual fees for
                            servicing (generally 0.5% of outstanding loans and
                            leases serviced) and the rights to collect ancillary
                            servicing related fees, which include prepayment
                            fees, late charges, nonsufficient fund fees and
                            other miscellaneous fees from the loans

                                    F-11
<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of               and leases, net of costs to service the loans and
   Significant              leases. Assumptions for prepayments and credit
   Accounting               losses used to value servicing rights are consistent
   Policies (continued)     with assumptions used to value interest-only strips
                            in securitizations. Servicing rights are amortized
                            based on the ratio of net servicing income received
                            in the current period to total net servicing income
                            projected to be realized from the servicing rights.
                            Projected net servicing income is in turn determined
                            by the estimated future balance of the underlying
                            mortgage loan portfolio, which declines over time
                            from prepayments and scheduled loan amortization.
                            Capitalized servicing rights are evaluated for
                            impairment. The servicing rights are stratified by
                            loan type (business or home equity loan) which is
                            the predominant risk characteristic of the
                            underlying financial asset. Impairment, if any, is
                            measured (by strata) as the excess of unamortized
                            cost over fair value as measured by discounted cash
                            flows. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis -
                            Securitization Accounting Considerations" for more
                            information regarding these assumptions and actual
                            experience.

                            Property and Equipment

                            Property and equipment are stated at cost less
                            accumulated depreciation and amortization.
                            Depreciation and amortization is computed using the
                            straight-line method over the estimated useful life
                            of the assets ranging from 3 to 15 years.

                            Financing Costs and Amortization

                            Financing costs incurred in obtaining revolving
                            lines of credit are recorded in other assets and are
                            amortized using the straight-line method over the
                            terms of the agreements. Financing costs incurred in
                            connection with public offerings of subordinated
                            debt securities are also recorded in other assets
                            and are amortized over the term of the related debt.

                            Investments Held to Maturity

                            Investments classified as held to maturity recorded
                            in other assets consist of asset-backed securities
                            that the Company has the positive intent and ability
                            to hold to maturity. These investments are stated at
                            amortized cost.

                            Real Estate Owned

                            Property acquired by foreclosure or in settlement of
                            loan and lease receivables is recorded in other
                            assets, and is carried at the lower of the cost
                            basis in the loan or fair value of the property less
                            estimated costs to sell.

                            Goodwill

                            Goodwill is recorded in other assets and represents
                            the excess of cost over the fair value of the net
                            assets acquired from the Company's 1997 acquisition
                            of New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp. Goodwill
                            is amortized on a straightline basis over the
                            expected period of benefit, which approximates 15
                            years.

                                    F-12
<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of               Revenue Recognition
   Significant
   Accounting               The Company derives its revenue principally from
   Policies (continued)     gain on sale of loans and leases, interest and fee
                            income on loans and leases, and servicing income.

                            Gains on sales of loans and leases through
                            securitizations represent the difference between the
                            net proceeds to the Company, including retained
                            interests in the securitization, and the allocated
                            cost of loans and leases securitized. The allocated
                            cost of loans and leases securitized is determined
                            by allocating their net carrying value between the
                            loans and leases, the interest-only strips and the
                            servicing rights retained by the Company based upon
                            their relative fair values.

                            Interest and fee income consists of interest earned
                            on loans and leases while held in the Company's
                            portfolio, premiums earned on loans sold with
                            servicing released and other ancillary fees
                            collected in connection with loan and lease
                            origination. Interest income is recognized based on
                            the interest method. Accrual of interest income is
                            suspended when the receivable is contractually
                            delinquent for 90 days or more. The accrual is
                            resumed when the receivable becomes contractually
                            current, and past-due interest income is recognized
                            at that time. In addition, a detailed review will
                            cause earlier suspension if collection is doubtful.
                            Premiums earned on loans sold with servicing
                            released, referred to as whole loan sales, are the
                            difference between the net proceeds from the sale
                            and the loans net carrying value. The net carrying
                            value of loans is equal to their principal balance
                            plus unamortized origination costs and fees.

                            Interest accretion on interest-only strips
                            represents the yield component of cash flows
                            received on interest-only strips. The basis for
                            recognizing interest accretion on interest-only
                            strips is the prospective approach. Periodically the
                            Company updates estimates of residual cash flow from
                            its securitizations. When it is probable that there
                            is a favorable change in estimated residual cash
                            flow from the cash flow previously projected, the
                            Company recognizes a greater percentage of estimated
                            interest accretion earned by the securitization. Any
                            probable unfavorable change in estimated residual
                            cash flow would likewise decrease the percentage of
                            estimated interest accretion earned by the
                            securitization. See "Management's Discussion and
                            Analysis - Year Ended June 30, 2000 Compared to Year
                            Ended June 30, 1999" for additional discussion of
                            interest accretion.

                            Servicing income is recognized as contractual fees
                            and other fees for servicing loans and leases are
                            collected, net of amortization of servicing rights
                            assets.

                            Derivative Financial Instruments

                            The primary market risk exposure that the Company
                            faces is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk
                            occurs due to potential changes in interest rates
                            between the date fixed rate loans are originated and
                            the date of securitization. The company utilizes
                            hedging strategies to mitigate the effect of changes
                            in interest between the date rate commitments on
                            loans are made and the date the fixed rate
                            pass-through certificates to be issued by a
                            securitization trust are priced, a period typically
                            less than 90 days.


                                     F-13
<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of               These strategies include the utilization of
   Significant              derivative financial instruments such as futures and
   Accounting               forward pricing on securitizations. The nature and
   Policies (continued)     quality of hedging transactions are determined by
                            the Company's management based on various factors,
                            including market conditions and the expected volume
                            of mortgage loan originations and purchases. At the
                            time the contract is executed, derivative contracts
                            are specifically designated as hedges of mortgage
                            loans, loan commitments or of residual interests in
                            mortgage loans in the Company's conduit facility to
                            be included in the next subsequent securitization.
                            The mortgage loans, loan commitments and mortgage
                            loans underlying the residual interests in the
                            conduit facility consist of essentially similar
                            pools of fixed rate loans and loan commitments,
                            collateralized by real estate (primarily residential
                            real estate) with similar maturities and credit
                            characteristics. Fixed rate pass-through
                            certificates issued by securitization trusts are
                            generally priced to yield a spread above a benchmark
                            rate based on U.S. Treasury securities or Eurodollar
                            futures with a three-year maturity. The Company
                            hedges potential rate changes in the Treasury and
                            Eurodollar securities with futures contracts or
                            forward sales contracts on a similar underlying
                            security. This has provided strong correlation
                            between our hedge contracts and the ultimate pricing
                            we have received on the subsequent securitizations.
                            The gain or loss derived from these hedging
                            transactions is deferred, reported in other assets
                            or other liabilities and recognized as an adjustment
                            to the gains on sale of loans when the loans are
                            securitized. The cash flow related to hedging
                            activities is reported as it occurs. Gains and
                            losses on terminated contracts are recognized when
                            the termination occurs. The effectiveness of our
                            hedges are continuously monitored. If correlation
                            did not exist, the related gain or loss on the
                            contract would be recognized as an adjustment to
                            income in the period incurred. See "Management's
                            Discussion and Analysis - Interest Rate Risk
                            Management" for further discussion of the Company's
                            use of derivative financial instruments.

                            Income Taxes

                            The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated
                            federal income tax return.

                            Under the asset and liability method used by the
                            Company to provide for income taxes, deferred tax
                            assets and liabilities are recognized for the
                            expected future tax consequences of temporary
                            differences between the financial statement and tax
                            basis carrying amounts of existing assets and
                            liabilities.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of               Acquisition
   Significant
   Accounting               Effective October 1, 1997, the Company acquired all
   Policies (continued)     of the issued and outstanding stock of New Jersey
                            Mortgage and Investment Corp. ("NJMIC"), a mortgage
                            and leasing company based in Roseland, New Jersey.
                            The purchase price for the stock consisted of $11.0
                            million in cash, a note payable of $5.0 million and
                            the issuance of 20,240 shares of the Company's
                            common stock. The purchase agreement included a
                            provision for a series of contingent payments to the
                            former stockholders of NJMIC totaling $4.0 million
                            based on NJMIC's attainment of certain performance
                            targets over a three year period. To date the
                            Company has paid $2.7 million of the total amount of
                            contingent payments and the remaining $1.3 million
                            has been recorded as a payable as of June 30, 2000.
                            The contingent payments were recorded as additional
                            goodwill. Pursuant to the terms of the acquisition
                            agreement, the Company is permitted to reduce the
                            amount payable to the former owners of NJMIC under
                            the $5.0 million note payable described above, in an
                            amount equal to the losses sustained from October
                            1997 to October 2000 on any loans or leases acquired
                            in the NJMIC transaction.

                            The transaction has been accounted for under the
                            purchase method and accordingly the results of NJMIC
                            have been included with the Company's since the date
                            of acquisition.

                            Recent Accounting Pronouncements

                            In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133
                            "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
                            Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"). SFAS No. 133
                            establishes accounting and reporting standards for
                            derivative instruments, including certain derivative
                            instruments embedded in other contracts
                            (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for
                            hedging activities. It requires that an entity
                            recognize all derivatives as either assets or
                            liabilities in the statement of financial position
                            and measure those instruments at fair value. If
                            certain conditions are met, a derivative may be
                            specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the
                            exposure to changes in the fair value of a
                            recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized
                            firm commitment (fair value hedge), (b) a hedge of
                            the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted
                            transaction (cash flow hedge), or (c) a hedge of the
                            foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a
                            foreign operation, an unrecognized firm commitment,
                            an available for sale security, or a
                            foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transaction.
                            At the time of issuance SFAS No. 133 was to be
                            effective on a prospective basis for all fiscal
                            quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15,
                            1999. Subsequently the effective date of the
                            standard was delayed until years beginning after
                            June 15, 2000. The adoption of this standard is not
                            expected to have a material effect on the Company's
                            financial condition or results of operations.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
2. Loan and Lease           June 30,                                   2000                    1999
   Receivables              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              (in thousands)
                            <S>                                    <C>                   <C>
                            Real estate secured loans                $     26,589         $    21,027
                            Leases (net of unearned income
                               of $2,503 and $1,543)                       18,832              13,451
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           45,421              34,478
                            Less allowance for credit losses on
                               loan and lease receivables
                               available for sale                           1,289                 702
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                     $     44,132         $    33,776
                            ================================================================================
</TABLE>
                            Real estate secured loans have contractual
                            maturities of up to 30 years.

                            At June 30, 2000 and 1999, the accrual of interest
                            income was suspended on real estate secured loans of
                            $4.3 million and $85 thousand, respectively. Based
                            on its evaluation of the collateral related to these
                            loans, the Company expects to collect the
                            contractual principal.

                            Substantially all leases originated by the Company
                            are direct finance-type leases whereby the lessee
                            has the right to purchase the leased equipment at
                            the lease expiration for a nominal amount.


                                  F-16

<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
3.      Allowance for
        Credit Losses        Year ended June 30,                     2000               1999             1998
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                (in thousands)
                            <S>                              <C>               <C>              <C>
                             Balance at beginning
                             of year                         $        702      $        881      $           338
                             Provision for credit losses:
                                 Business purpose loans               660               278                  128
                                 Home equity loans                    350               296                   --
                                 Equipment leases                   1,035               354                  363
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Total provision                   2,045               928                   491
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             Acquired through
                                 acquisition                           --                --                  719
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             Charge-offs, net of
                             recoveries:
                                 Business purpose loans              (225)             (301)                (138)
                                 Home equity loans                    (85)             (486)                  --
                                 Equipment leases                  (1,148)             (320)                (529)
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Total charge-offs                 (1,458)           (1,107)                (667)
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             Balance at end of year          $      1,289      $        702      $           881
                             ========================================================================================

                             Ratio of net charge-offs
                                 during the period to
                                 average managed
                                 portfolio                          0.31%             0.12%                0.12%
                             Ratio of allowance to
                                 gross receivables                  2.84%             2.04%                1.39%

</TABLE>
                            Recoveries of loans previously charged off were $40
                            thousand and $3 thousand during the years ended June
                            30, 2000 and 1999, respectively. No recoveries were
                            recorded in the year ended June 30, 1998.


                                   F-17

<PAGE>
                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Allowance for Credit     While we are under no obligation to do so, at times
   Losses (continued)       we elect to repurchase some foreclosed and
                            delinquent loans from the securitization trusts.
                            Under the terms of the securitization agreements,
                            repurchases are permitted only for foreclosed and
                            delinquent loans and the purchase prices are at the
                            loans' outstanding contractual balance. We elect to
                            repurchase loans in situations requiring more
                            flexibility for the administration and collection of
                            these loans in order to maximize their economic
                            recovery and to avoid temporary discontinuations of
                            residual or stepdown overcollateralization cash
                            flows from securitization trusts. The related
                            charge-offs on these repurchased loans are included
                            in our provision for credit losses in the period of
                            charge-off.

                            The following table summarizes the principal
                            balances of loans repurchased from securitization
                            trusts (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Year ended June 30,                        2000             1999          1998
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              <S>                             <C>               <C>             <C>

                              Business loans                  $         4,118   $           74   $       297
                              Home equity loans                         4,710            1,272           201
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Total                           $         8,828   $        1,346   $       498
                              =================================================================================

                              Number of loans repurchased                  81               19             4
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

4. Securitizations          The following schedule details loan and lease
                            securitizations (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Year ended June 30,                        2000             1999          1998
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              <S>                                      <C>              <C>             <C>
                              Loans and leases sold:
                                 Business loans                         $ 104.5          $  71.9         $ 54.1
                                 Home equity loans                        887.9            613.0          270.9
                                 Equipment leases                           9.3             92.6           59.7
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       $1,001.7         $  777.5         $384.7
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Number of securitizations:
                                 Business and home equity
                                   loans                                      4                4              3
                                 Equipment leases                             1                2              1
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Cash proceeds:
                                 Business and home equity
                                   loans                                $ 993.0          $ 685.0         $325.0
                                 Equipment leases                          10.0             91.1           13.7
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Gains:
                                 Business and home equity
                                   loans                                   90.2             61.9           40.5
                                 Equipment leases                           0.2              2.6            0.3
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         $ 90.4          $  64.5         $ 40.8
                              ==================================================================================
</TABLE>
                                  F-18

<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
4.      Securitizations       The Company's securitizations involve a two-step transfer that meets the requirements of
        (continued)           SFAS No. 125. First, the Company sells the loans and leases to a special purpose entity
                              ("SPE") which has been established for the limited purpose of buying and reselling the
                              loans and leases. Next, the SPE then sells the loans and leases to a qualified special
                              purpose entity ("the Trust"), transferring title to the loans and leases and isolating
                              those assets from the Company. Finally, the Trust issues certificates to investors to
                              raise the cash purchase price, collects proceeds on behalf of the certificate holders,
                              distributes proceeds and has a distinct legal standing from the Company.

                              In March 2000, the Company amended its arrangements with a warehouse lender to include
                              an off-balance sheet conduit facility. The sale into the off-balance sheet conduit
                              facility involves a two-step transfer that qualifies for sale accounting under SFAS
                              No. 125. First, we sell the loans to a special purpose entity which has been
                              established for the limited purpose of buying and reselling the loans. Next, the
                              special purpose entity sells the loans to a qualified special purpose entity ("the
                              facility") for cash proceeds generated by its sale of notes to a third party purchaser.
                              We have no obligation to repurchase the loans and neither the third party note purchaser
                              nor the facility has a right to require such repurchase. The facility has the option to re-
                              securitize the loans, ordinarily using longer-term certificates. If the loans are not
                              re-securitized by the facility, the third party note purchaser has the right to
                              securitize or sell the loans. Under this arrangement, the loans have been isolated
                              from us and our subsidiaries; and, as a result, the transfer to the conduit facility is
                              treated as a sale for financial reporting purposes. During fiscal 2000, we sold
                              approximately $97.7 million in principal amount of loans to the conduit facility and
                              recognized gains on those sales totaling approximately $9.6 million. In June 2000, $19.4
                              million of loans in the conduit facility were re-securitized by the facility. At June 30,
                              2000 there were $78.3 million in principal amount of loans in the conduit facility and
                              an additional $0.2 million in the on balance sheet facility.

                              Subsequent to June 30, 2000, we and our subsidiaries, American Business Credit, HomeAmerican
                              Credit and New Jersey Mortgage, established a $200.0 million facility which provides for
                              the sale of loans into an off balance sheet funding facility with UBS Principal Finance,
                              LLC, an affiliate of UBS Warburg. The sale into the off-balance sheet conduit facility
                              involves a two-step transfer that qualifies for sale accounting under SFAS No. 125. First, we
                              sell the loans to a special purpose entity which has been established for the limited
                              purpose of buying and reselling the loans. Next, the special purpose entity sells the loans
                              to a qualified special purpose entity ("the facility") for cash proceeds generated by its sale
                              of notes to a third party purchaser. We have no obligation to repurchase the loans, except under
                              certain conditions where loans do not conform to representations and warranties made by us
                              at the time of sale, and neither the third party note purchaser nor the sponsor has a right
                              to require such repurchase. The facility has the option to re-securitize the loans, ordinarily
                              using longer-term certificates. If the facility fails to re-securitize the loans within a
                              specified period, the third party note purchaser has the right to securitize or sell the loans.
                              Under this arrangement, the loans have been isolated from us and our subsidiaries; and, as a
                              result, transfers to the conduit facility will be treated as sales for financial reporting
                              purposes.

                              During the year ended June 30, 1999, equipment leases were also securitized in numerous
                              sales to a commercial paper conduit. The commercial paper conduit arrangement provided for
                              sale of the equipment leases using a pooled
</TABLE>

                                  F-19
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
4.      Securitizations       securitization. The facility is sponsored by a major financial institution which has
        (continued)           the option to re-securitize the leases, ordinarily using longer-term certificates.
                              Should a longer-term securitization not occur, the leases would remain in the commercial
                              paper conduit until their contractual termination. The Company has no obligation to
                              repurchase the leases and neither the facility nor the sponsor has a right to require such
                              repurchase. Under this arrangement the leases have been isolated from the Company; and as
                              a result, the transfer of these leases to the conduit facility is treated as a sale for
                              financial reporting purposes. The Company ceased originating equipment leases as of
                              December 31, 1999 and no longer sells leases into this facility. The final two transfers
                              of leases into this facility with a remaining balance of $9.3 million at June 30, 2000
                              were accounted for as financing transactions.

                              In Fiscal 2000, a write down of $12.6 million was recorded on our interest-only strips.
                              The write down included a charge of $11.2 million related to an increase from 11% to 13%
                              in the discount rate used to value our interest-only strips. This change in the discount
                              rate was considered a permanent fair value adjustment and was recorded as expense in
                              fiscal 2000. The write down also included a charge of $1.9 million for the impact of
                              changes in one-month LIBOR deemed to be permanent. A portion of the certificates issued to
                              investors by securitization trusts have floating interest rates based on one-month LIBOR
                              plus a spread. The fair value of the excess cash flow we will receive from these trusts
                              would be affected by any changes in rates paid on the floating rate certificates. The
                              write down included a credit of $0.5 million for the net impact of adjustments made to the
                              prepayment assumptions on mortgage loan securitizations at June 30, 2000. See
                              "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Securitization Accounting Considerations" for a
                              discussion of the discount rate and prepayment assumptions. See "Interest Rate Risk
                              Management - Interest-only Strips and Servicing Rights" for a discussion of the impact of
                              one-month LIBOR. The write down reduced net income by $7.8 million and reduced diluted
                              earnings per share by $2.23.

                              Information regarding the initial and current assumptions applied in determining the fair
                              values of our mortgage and lease related interest-only strips and servicing rights are
                              detailed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Securitization Accounting
                              Considerations."

5.      Interest-Only Strips  June 30,                                                   2000                1999
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            (in thousands)
                              Interest-only strips-
                                  Available for sale                                 $273,629             $172,411
                                  Trading assets                                        4,243                5,807
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                     $277,872             $178,218
                              =======================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                    F-20


<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
5.      Interest-Only Strips  SFAS No. 134, which became effective January 1, 1999, requires that after the
        (continued)           securitization of a mortgage loan held for sale, the resulting mortgage-backed security or
                              other retained interests be classified based on the Company's ability and intent to hold
                              or sell the investments. As a result, retained interests previously classified as trading
                              assets, as required by prior accounting principles, have been reclassified to
                              available-for-sale. The effect of SFAS No. 134 on net income and net income per share in
                              fiscal 1999 was $3.3 million and $0.88, respectively.

                              Interest-only strips include overcollateralization balances that represent undivided
                              interests in securitizations maintained to provide credit enhancement to investors in
                              securitization trusts. At June 30, 2000 and 1999, the Company's investment in
                              overcollateralization was $82.0 million and $38.6 million, respectively.

                              The activity for interest-only strip receivables is summarized as follows (in thousands):

                              Year ended June 30,                                     2000               1999
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Balance at beginning of year                        $178,218           $ 95,913
                              Initial recognition of
                                  Interest-only strips, including
                                  initial overcollateralization of
                                  $11,232 and $4,825, respectively                 111,714             93,175
                              Required purchases of additional
                                  overcollateralization                             29,925             16,682
                              Interest accretion and other                          16,616              2,021
                              Cash flow from interest-only strips                  (49,508)           (32,927)
                              Net adjustments to fair value                          3,510              3,354
                              Permanent fair value adjustment                      (12,603)                --
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Balance at end of year                              $277,872           $178,218
                              ===================================================================================

                              In Fiscal 2000, a write down of $12.6 million was recorded on the Company's interest-only
                              strips. See Note 4 - "Securitizations" for further description of the write down.
</TABLE>


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
6.      Servicing Rights      The total managed loan and lease portfolio, which includes loans and leases sold to
                              investors and those retained by the Company, is as follows (in thousands):

                              June 30,                                              2000              1999
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Home equity loans                               $1,578,038        $  858,806
                              Business purpose loans                             221,546           148,932
                              Equipment leases                                   118,956           169,180
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                              $1,918,540        $1,176,918
                              ================================================================================


                              The activity for the loan and lease servicing rights asset is summarized as follows (in
                              thousands):

                              Year ended June 30,                                  2000                1999
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Balance at beginning of year                     $ 43,210             $18,472
                              Initial recognition of
                                  Servicing rights                               44,574              30,289
                              Amortization                                      (12,181)             (5,551)
                              Write down                                           (684)                 --
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Balance at end of year                            $74,919             $43,210
                              ================================================================================


                              Servicing rights are periodically valued by the Company based on the current estimated
                              fair value of the mortgage servicing asset. A review for impairment is performed by
                              stratifying the serviced loans and leases based on the predominant risk characteristic,
                              which consists of loan type. Key assumptions used in the periodic valuation of the
                              servicing rights are described in "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Securitization
                              Accounting Considerations." Impairments, if they occurred, would be recognized in a
                              valuation allowance for each impaired stratum in the period of impairment. To date, our
                              valuation analysis has not indicated any impairment other than the $0.7 million write down
                              recorded in fiscal 2000 and no valuation allowance has been required. At June 30, 2000 and
                              1999, the periodic valuations supported the carrying value of servicing rights.
</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
7.      Property and
        Equipment                 June 30,                                                  2000             1999
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              (in thousands)
                                  Computer equipment and software                         $16,809          $ 7,548
                                  Office furniture and equipment                           10,119            8,531
                                  Leasehold improvements                                    2,481            1,756
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           29,409           17,835
                                  Less accumulated depreciation
                                      and amortization                                     11,653            7,164
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                          $17,756          $10,671
                                  ===================================================================================

                                  Depreciation and amortization expense was $4.4 million, $2.9 million and $1.7
                                  million for the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

8.      Other Assets              June 30,
                                                                                           2000               1999
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             (in thousands)
                                  Goodwill, net of accumulated
                                      amortization of $3,132 and $1,913                 $16,465            $15,018
                                  Due from securitization trusts for
                                      servicing related activities                       10,075              7,131
                                  Financing costs, debt offerings, net of
                                      accumulated amortization of $5,467
                                      and $3,903                                          6,244              4,487
                                  Other                                                   5,605              4,918
                                  Real estate owned                                       1,659                843
                                  Investments held to maturity                              983              1,014
                                  Investments available for sale (U.S.
                                      Treasury Securities)                                  713                 --
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                        $41,744            $33,411
                                  ===================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
9.      Subordinated Debt          Subordinated debt was comprised of the following (in thousands):
        and Warehouse Lines and
        Other Notes Payable

                                   June 30,                                                2000            1999
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Subordinated debentures (a)                         $389,477        $206,918
                                   Subsidiary subordinated debentures (b)                 1,199           4,734
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Total subordinated debentures                       $390,676        $211,652
                                   ================================================================================

                                   Warehouse lines and other notes payable were comprised of the following (in
                                   thousands):

                                   June 30,                                                2000            1999
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Warehouse revolving line of credit (c)               $28,229         $42,627
                                   Warehouse revolving line of credit (d)                 3,861               -
                                   Warehouse revolving line of credit (e)                   250             102
                                   Warehouse revolving line of credit (f)                     -           3,764
                                   Lease funding facility (g)                             9,339               -
                                   Revolving line of credit (h)                           5,000           5,000
                                   Repurchase agreement (i)                               3,606           4,677
                                   Other debt                                               557           1,271
                                   Senior subordinated debt (j)                               -           1,250
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Total warehouse lines and other notes
                                       payable                                          $50,842         $58,691
                                   ================================================================================

                                   (a)       Subordinated debentures due July 2000 through June 2010, interest
                                             rates ranging from 6.15% to 12.25%; subordinated to all of the
                                             Company's indebtedness.

                                   (b)       Subsidiary subordinated debentures due July 2000 through December
                                             2002, interest rates ranging from 9.00% to 10.45%; subordinated to all
                                             of the Company's indebtedness.

                                   (c)       $150 million warehouse revolving line of credit expiring October 2000,
                                             interest rates ranging from LIBOR plus 1.375% to LIBOR plus 2.0%,
                                             collateralized by certain loan receivables.

                                   (d)       $25 million warehouse revolving line of credit expiring December 2000,
                                             interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.75%, collaterized by certain loan
                                             receivables.

                                   (e)       $150 million warehouse line of credit expiring August 2000, interest
                                             rate of LIBOR plus 1.0%, collateralized by certain loan receivables.

</TABLE>

                                      F-24


<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
9.      Subordinated Debt          (f)       $20 million warehouse revolving line of credit, expired January 2000,
        and Warehouse Lines and              interest rates at prime less 1.0% or LIBOR at the Company's option,
        Other Notes Payable                  collateralized by lease receivables.
        (continued)
                                   (g)       Lease funding facility due April 2000 through December 2004, interest
                                             rate of LIBOR plus 1.775%, collateralized by certain lease
                                             receivables.

                                   (h)       $5 million revolving line of credit expiring December 2000, interest
                                             rate of LIBOR plus 2.0%, collateralized by certain residual interests
                                             in securitization trusts.

                                   (i)       Repurchase agreement due July 2000, interest rate of LIBOR plus 0.5%,
                                             collateralized by certain lease backed securities.

                                   (j)       Senior subordinated debt due July 2000, interest rate of 12.0%,
                                             subordinated to certain subsidiary's senior indebtedness.


                              Principal payments on debt for the next five years are as follows: year ending June 30,
                              2001 - $219.3 million; 2002 - $98.5 million; 2003 - $48.3 million; 2004 - $21.6 million;
                              and 2005 - $24.7 million.

                              The Company's subordinated debt securities are subordinated in right of payment to, or
                              subordinate to, the prior payment in full of all senior debt as defined in the indentures
                              related to such debt, whether outstanding on the date of the applicable indenture or
                              incurred following the date of the indenture. There is no limit on the amount of senior
                              debt the Company may incur. The Company's assets, including the stock it holds in its
                              subsidiaries, are available to repay the subordinated debt in the event of default
                              following payment to holders of the senior debt. In the event of the Company's default and
                              liquidation of its subsidiaries to repay the debt holders, creditors of the subsidiaries
                              must be paid or provision made for their payment from the assets of the subsidiaries
                              before the remaining assets of the subsidiaries can be used to repay the holders of the
                              subordinated debt securities.

                              The loan agreements provide for certain covenants regarding net worth and financial
                              matters. At June 30, 2000, the Company is in compliance with the terms of the loan
                              covenants.

                              Subsequent to June 30, 2000, the Company and its subsidiaries, American Business Credit,
                              HomeAmerican Credit and New Jersey Mortgage established a $200.0 million facility which
                              provides for the sale of loans into an off balance sheet funding facility with UBS
                              Principal Finance, LLC an affiliate of UBS Warburg.

10.     Stockholders' Equity  On August 18, 1999, the Company's Board of Directors declared a 5% stock dividend to be
                              paid on September 27, 1999 to shareholders of record on September 3, 1999. In addition the
                              Board resolved that all outstanding stock options would be adjusted for the dividend.
                              Accordingly, all outstanding shares, earnings per common share, average common share and
                              stock option amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of the stock
                              dividend.
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
10.     Stockholders' Equity   As previously reported, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up
        (continued)           to 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. On January 24, 2000, the Board of
                              Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 338,000 shares, representing 10.0%
                              of the then outstanding shares. The Company's Board of Directors initiated the stock
                              repurchase program in view of the price level of our common stock which was trading at
                              that time at below book value and the Company's consistent earnings growth over fiscal
                              1998 and 1999, which did not result in a corresponding increase in the market value of
                              our common stock. In fiscal 2000, 328,000 shares were repurchased representing 9% of
                              the outstanding shares. The impact of the share repurchase program was an increase of
                              diluted earnings per share by approximately $0.06 for the year ended June 30, 2000.

                              The Company increased its quarterly dividend to $0.08 per share in fiscal 2000. Dividends
                              of $0.30 were paid in the year ended June 30, 2000 compared to $0.165 and $0.06 in each of
                              the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

                              The Company has a loan receivable from an officer of the Company for $600 thousand, which
                              was an advance for the exercise of stock options to purchase 225,012 shares of the
                              Company's common stock. The loan is due in September 2005 (earlier if the stock is
                              disposed of). Interest at 6.46% is payable annually. The loan is secured by 225,012 shares
                              of the Company's stock, and is shown as a reduction of stockholders' equity on the
                              accompanying balance sheet.

11.     Employee              The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan, which was established in 1995,
        Benefit Plan          available to all employees who have been with the Company for one year and have reached
                              the age of 21. Employees may generally contribute up to 15% of their salary each year,
                              subject to IRS imposed limitations. The Company, at its discretion, may match up to 25% of
                              the first 5% of salary contributed by the employee, and may match an additional 25% of the
                              first 5% of salary contributed by the employee in Company stock. The Company's
                              contribution was $304 thousand and $263 thousand for the years ended June 30, 2000 and
                              1999, respectively.
</TABLE>

                                      F-26
<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
12.     Stock Option Plans       The Company has a stock option plan that provides for the periodic granting of
                                 options to key employees ("the Employee Plan"). The options are generally granted at
                                 the market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant and expire five to ten
                                 years from date of grant. Options either fully vest when granted or over periods of
                                 up to five years. At June 30, 2000, 261,000 shares were available for future grant
                                 under this plan.

                                 A summary of stock option activity under the Employee Plan for the years ended June
                                 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 follows. Stock option activity for the years ended June 30,
                                 1999 and 1998 has been retroactively adjusted for the effect of the 5% stock
                                 dividend described in Note 10.

                                                                                  Number       Weighted-Average
                                                                               of Shares         Exercise Price
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Options outstanding, June 30, 1997              238,875             $14.43
                                 Options granted                                 106,575              22.95
                                 Options canceled                                 (9,450)             19.51
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Options outstanding, June 30, 1998              336,000              18.10
                                 Options granted                                  14,175              17.86
                                 Options exercised                                (3,937)              2.54
                                 Options canceled                                (41,475)             20.48
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Options outstanding, June 30, 1999              304,763              16.74
                                 Options granted                                 225,650              13.00
                                 Options exercised                               (41,738)              2.58
                                 Options canceled                                (22,575)             20.79
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Options outstanding, June 30, 2000              466,100             $16.00
                                 ===================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
12.     Stock Option Plans    The following tables summarize information about stock options outstanding under the
        (continued)           Employee Plan at June 30, 2000:


                                                            Options Outstanding
                                                                             Weighted
                              Range of                                      Remaining               Weighted
                              Exercise Prices            Number           Contractual                Average
                              of Options              of Shares         Life in Years         Exercise Price
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              $  4.76                    23,625                   0.2                  $4.76
                                13.00                   225,650                   9.4                  13.00
                                14.29 to 19.05          133,350                   6.5                  18.76
                                19.52 to 24.76           83,475                   7.4                  22.88
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        466,100                   7.8                 $16.00
                              ====================================================================================

                                                              Options Exercisable
                                                                             Weighted
                              Range of                   Number             Remaining               Weighted
                              Exercise Prices              of             Contractual                Average
                              Of  Options                Shares         Life in Years         Exercise Price
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              $  4.76                    23,625                   0.2                  $4.76
                                13.00                    10,000                   9.3                  13.00
                                14.29 to 19.05           83,685                   6.4                  18.61
                                19.52 to 24.76           36,960                   7.4                  22.86
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        154,270                   5.9                 $17.15
                              ====================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
12.     Stock Option Plans    The Company accounts for stock options issued under the Employee Plan using the intrinsic
        (continued)           value method, and, accordingly, no expense is recognized where the exercise price equals
                              or exceeds the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. Had the Company accounted
                              for stock options granted under the Employee Plan using the fair value method, pro forma
                              net income and earnings per share would have been as follows (in thousands except per
                              share amounts):

                              June 30,                                   2000               1999             1998
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Net income
                                  As reported                          $6,424            $14,088          $11,455
                                  Pro forma                             6,161             13,811           10,956

                              Earnings per share -basic
                                  As reported                          $ 1.88            $  3.83          $  3.10
                                  Pro forma                              1.80               3.75             2.97

                              Earnings per share -diluted
                                  As reported                          $ 1.83            $  3.72          $  2.98
                                  Pro forma                              1.75               3.64             2.85
                              =====================================================================================


                              The fair value of options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the
                              Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

                              June 30,                              2000              1999              1998
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Expected volatility                    30%               30%               30%
                              Expected life                       8 yrs.         5-10 yrs.         5-10 yrs.
                              Risk-free interest
                                rate                       6.12% - 6.70%       4.50%-5.68%       5.39%-6.17%

                              The Company also has a non-employee director stock option plan ("the Director Plan") that
                              provides for the granting of options to non-employee directors. Options generally are
                              granted at or above the market price of the stock on the date of grant, fully vest when
                              granted and expire three to ten years after the date of grant.

</TABLE>

                                      F-29
<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
12.     Stock Option Plans    A summary of activity under the Director Plan for the three years ended June 30, 2000,
        (continued)           1999 and 1998 follows. Stock option activity for the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
                              have been retroactively adjusted for the effect of the 5% stock dividend described in
                              Note 10.

                                                                                                       Weighted-
                                                                               Number                    Average
                                                                            of Shares             Exercise Price
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Options outstanding, June 30, 1997              115,500                 $ 6.97
                              Options granted                                  21,000                  22.14
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Options outstanding, June 30, 1998              136,500                   9.30
                              Options granted                                  21,000                  14.29
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Options outstanding, June 30, 1999              157,500                   9.97
                              Options granted                                  40,000                  13.00
                              Options exercised                               (22,500)                  5.00
                              Options outstanding, June 30, 2000              175,000                 $11.43
                              =====================================================================================

                              The fair value of options granted under the Director Plan is expensed on the date of
                              grant. The Company recognized expense of $130 thousand, $73 thousand, and $87 thousand for
                              the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999, and 1998, respectively.

13.     Income Taxes          The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

                              Year ended June 30,                     2000            1999             1998
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Current
                                  Federal                           $  935          $1,268           $1,087
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Deferred
                                  Federal                            3,003           6,495            5,348
                                  State                                 --              --               --
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                     3,003           6,495            5,348
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Total provision for
                                  income taxes                      $3,938          $7,763           $6,435
                              ================================================================================

                              There were no tax benefits from the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards in the
                              years ended June 30, 2000 or 1999.
</TABLE>

                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
13.  Income Taxes (continued) The cumulative temporary differences resulted in net deferred income tax assets or
                              liabilities consisting primarily of the following (in thousands):


                              Year ended June 30,                                   2000              1999
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Deferred income tax assets
                                  Allowance for credit losses                    $ 1,575           $   704
                                  Net operating loss carryforwards                33,657            11,262
                                  Other                                              125                --
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                  35,357            11,966
                              Less valuation allowance                            12,121             6,845
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                 $23,236           $ 5,121
                              ===============================================================================

                              Deferred income tax liabilities
                                  Loan and lease origination
                                       costs/fees, net                           $ 1,301           $ 1,123
                                  Book over tax basis of property
                                       and equipment                                  --                47
                                  Interest-only strips and other
                                       receivables                                41,585            16,551
                                  Servicing rights                                 3,123             4,004
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  46,009            21,725
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Net deferred income tax liability                  $22,773           $16,604
                              ===============================================================================

                              The valuation allowance represents the income tax effect of state net operating loss
                              carryforwards of the Company, which are not presently expected to be utilized.

                              A reconciliation of income taxes at federal statutory rates to the Company's tax provision
                              is as follows (in thousands):

                              Year ended June 30,                     2000            1999             1998
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Federal income tax at
                                  statutory rates                   $3,627          $7,429           $6,083
                              Nondeductible items                      623             528              349
                              Other, net                              (312)           (194)               3
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                    $3,938          $7,763           $6,435
                              ================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                      F-31
<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
13.     Income Taxes (continued)   For income tax reporting, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards
                                   aggregating approximately $151.5 million available to reduce future state income
                                   taxes for various states as of June 30, 2000. If not used, substantially all of
                                   the carryforwards will expire at various dates from June 30, 2001 to June 30,
                                   2003.

14.     Commitments and            As of June 30, 2000, the Company leases property under noncancelable operating
        Contingencies              leases requiring minimum annual rentals as follows (in thousands):


                                   Year ending June 30,                                                   Amount
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       2001                                                              $ 4,233
                                       2002                                                                3,954
                                       2003                                                                3,559
                                       2004                                                                   82
                                       2005                                                                   31
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                         $11,859
                                   ================================================================================

                                   Rent expense for leased property was $3.6 million, $2.9 million and $1.7
                                   million, respectively, for the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.


                                   Employment Agreements

                                   The Company entered into employment agreements, as amended, with three
                                   executives under which they are entitled to annual base compensation of $625
                                   thousand, collectively, adjusted for increases in the Consumer Price Index and
                                   merit increases for one executive. The agreements also provide for bonus
                                   payments under a cash bonus plan established by the Company's Board of
                                   Directors. The agreements terminate upon: (a) the earlier of the executive's
                                   death, permanent disability, termination of employment for cause, voluntary
                                   resignation or 70th birthday; or (b) the later of the third anniversary for one
                                   executive and fifth anniversary of the agreement for the other two executives,
                                   or from three to five years from the date of notice to the executive of the
                                   Company's intention to terminate the agreement.

                                   In addition, the three executives are entitled to a cash payment equal to 299%
                                   of the last five years average annual compensation in the event of a "change in
                                   control," as defined in the agreement.

                                   The Company has also entered into an employment agreement with another executive
                                   under which he is entitled to receive annual base compensation of $335 thousand
                                   which shall be reviewed annually and may be adjusted for merit increases. The
                                   executive is also entitled to participate in the Company's cash
</TABLE>

                                      F-32


<PAGE>


                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
14.     Commitments and            bonus plan based upon performance and achievement of specific goals. This agreement
        Contingencies (continued)  terminates upon: (a) the earlier of the executive's death, permanent disability,
                                   termination of employment for cause, voluntary resignation (except that no voluntary
                                   resignation may occur prior to June 2001) or 70th birthday; or (b) upon notice to
                                   the executive of the Company's intention to terminate the agreement without cause in
                                   which case the executive will receive a cash payment equal to his annual base
                                   salary. This agreement is binding upon any successor of the Company by merger,
                                   consolidation, purchase or otherwise.

                                   The Company has also entered into employment arrangements with two additional
                                   executives under which they are entitled to receive annual base compensation of $645
                                   thousand, collectively. The arrangements also provide for cash bonus payments based
                                   upon the executives achieving specific goals and objectives. One of these executives
                                   is entitled to one year's base salary if the Company terminates his employment for
                                   any reason except cause. This same executive is entitled to a maximum cash payment
                                   of two times annual compensation in the event of a "change of control" as defined in
                                   the agreement.

15.     Legal Proceedings          From time to time, the Company is involved as plaintiff or defendant in various
                                   legal proceedings arising in the normal course of our business. While the Company
                                   cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these various legal proceedings, it is
                                   management's opinion that the resolution of these legal actions should not have a
                                   material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
                                   liquidity.

16.     Fair Value of              No active market exists for certain of the Company's assets and liabilities.
        Financial Instruments      Therefore, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding credit risk,
                                   investor expectation of future economic conditions, normal cost of administration
                                   and other risk characteristics, including interest rates and prepayment risk. These
                                   estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of judgment
                                   and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could
                                   significantly affect the estimates.
</TABLE>


                                      F-33

<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
16.     Fair Value of             The following table summarizes the carrying amounts and fair value estimates of
        Financial Instruments     financial instruments recorded on the Company's financial statements at June 30,
        (continued)               2000 and 1999 (in thousands):

                                  June 30,                                                                2000
                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  Carrying                Fair
                                                                                     Value               Value
                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Assets
                                      Cash and cash equivalents                   $  69,751           $ 69,751
                                      Loans and leases available
                                          for sale                                   44,132             45,330
                                      Interest-only strips                          277,872            277,872
                                      Servicing rights                               74,919             75,400
                                      Investments available for sale                    713                713
                                      Investments held to maturity                      983                859
                                  Liabilities
                                      Subordinated debt and warehouse
                                          lines and notes payable                 $ 441,518           $438,433
                                  ===============================================================================

                                  June 30,                                                                1999
                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Carrying                  Fair
                                                                                   Value                 Value
                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Assets
                                      Cash and cash equivalents                    $ 22,395           $ 22,395
                                      Loans and leases available
                                          for sale                                   33,776             35,152
                                      Interest-only strips                          178,218            178,218
                                      Servicing rights                               43,210             43,210
                                      Investments held to maturity                    1,014                911
                                  Liabilities
                                      Subordinated debt and warehouse
                                          lines and notes payable                  $270,343           $270,915
                                  ===============================================================================

                                  The methodology and assumptions utilized to estimate the fair value of the Company's
                                  financial instruments are as follows:

                                      Cash and cash equivalents - For these short-term instruments, the carrying
                                      amount approximates fair value.

                                      Loans and leases available for sale - Fair value is determined by recent sales
                                      and securitizations.

                                      Interest-only strips - Fair value is determined using estimated discounted
                                      future cash flows taking into consideration anticipated prepayment rates and
                                      credit loss rates of the underlying loans and leases.
</TABLE>


                                      F-34
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
16.     Fair Value of                Servicing rights - Fair value is determined using estimated discounted future
        Financial Instruments        cash flows taking into consideration anticipated prepayment rates and credit
        (continued)                  loss rates of the underlying loans and leases.

                                     Investments available for sale (U.S. Treasury Securities) - Fair value is
                                     determined using current market rates.

                                     Investments held to maturity - Represent mortgage loan backed securities
                                     retained in securitizations. Fair value is determined using estimated discounted
                                     future cash flows taking into consideration anticipated prepayment rates and
                                     credit loss rates of the underlying loans.

                                     Subordinated debt and notes payable - The fair value of fixed debt is estimated
                                     using the rates currently available to the Company for debt of similar terms.

                                 The carrying value of investment securities at June 30, 2000 was as follows (in
                                 thousands):

                                                                                    Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized   Unrealized    Unrealized      Fair
                                                                        Cost        Gains        Losses     Value
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Held-to-Maturity:
                                 Mortgage backed
                                     securities retained in
                                     securitizations (mature July
                                     2000 through April 2011)         $  983       $   --       $ (124)    $  859
                                 Available for sale:
                                 U.S. Treasury securities
                                     (mature March 2001
                                     through April 2001)                 713           --            --       713
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Total                               $ 1,696       $   --       $ (124)    $1,572
                                 ================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                      F-35
<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
16.     Fair Value of          The carrying value of investment securities at June 30, 1999 was as follows (in
        Financial Instruments  thousands):
        (continued)

                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                 Amortized   Unrealized    Unrealized     Fair
                                                                      Cost        Gains        Losses     Value
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Held-to-Maturity:
                               Mortgage backed
                                   securities retained in
                                   securitizations                 $ 1,014       $   --       $ (103)    $  911
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Total                               $ 1,014       $   --       $ (103)    $  911
                               =================================================================================

17.     Derivative             Outstanding derivative contracts by items hedged and associated unrealized losses as of
        Financial              June 30, 2000 are as follows. There were no outstanding hedge positions at June 30, 1999.
        Instruments            (in thousands):

                                                                  Eurodollar           Forward
                                                                     Futures          Treasury
                                                                   Contracts             Sales          Total
                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Loans available for sale:
                                   Notional amount                  $ 20,000          $     --      $  20,000
                                   Unrealized losses                     (54))              --            (54)
                               Mortgage conduit facility:
                                   Notional amount                    25,000            35,000         60,000
                                   Unrealized losses                     (19)             (114)          (133)
                               Loan commitments:
                                   Notional amount                    20,000            10,000         30,000
                                   Unrealized losses                     (25)              (23)           (48)
                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Total:
                                   Notional amount                  $ 65,000          $ 45,000      $ 110,000
                                   Unrealized losses                     (98)             (137)          (235)
                               ==================================================================================

                               During fiscal 2000, net cash losses of $2.1 million were realized on hedging transactions
                               (futures contracts), and were recognized as a component of gains on sale recorded on
                               securitizations during the year. During fiscal 1999, net losses of approximately $2.0
                               million were realized on hedging transactions (futures contracts), and were recognized as
                               reductions to the gains on sale for the securitizations during the year.

                               At June 30, 2000 the Company had an obligation to satisfy a mortgage securitization
                               prefund requirement of $67.9 million which was satisfied in July 2000.
</TABLE>

                                      F-36

<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
18.     Reconciliation of
        Basic and Diluted
        Earnings Per
        Common Share             Year ended June 30,                    2000              1999                1998
                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (in thousands except per share data)
                                 (Numerator)
                                 Net income                            $ 6,424          $14,088            $11,455
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 (Denominator)
                                  Average Common Shares
                                      Average common
                                          shares outstanding             3,424            3,682              3,692
                                      Average potentially
                                          dilutive shares                   85              109                155
                                      Average common and
                                          potentially
                                          dilutive shares                3,509            3,791              3,847
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Earnings per common
                                      share
                                          Basic                        $  1.88          $  3.83            $  3.10
                                          Diluted                         1.83             3.72               2.98
                                  ======================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                      F-37

<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
19.     Segment Information   The Company has three operating segments: Loan Origination, Servicing, and Treasury and
                              Funding.

                              The Loan Origination segment originates business purpose loans secured by real estate and
                              other business assets, home equity loans typically to credit-impaired borrowers,
                              conventional first mortgage loans secured by one to four family residential real estate
                              and prior to December 31, 1999, small ticket and middle market business equipment leases.

                              The Servicing segment services the loans and leases the Company originates both while held
                              as available for sale by the Company and subsequent to securitization. Servicing
                              activities include billing and collecting payments from borrowers, transmitting payments
                              to investors, accounting for principal and interest, collections and foreclosure
                              activities and disposing of real estate owned.

                              The Treasury and Funding segment offers the Company's subordinated debt securities
                              pursuant to a registered public offering and obtains other sources of funding for the
                              Company's general operating and lending activities.

                              All Other mainly represents segments that do not meet the SFAS No. 131 defined thresholds
                              for determining reportable segments, financial assets not related to operating segments,
                              unallocated overhead and other expenses of the Company unrelated to the reportable
                              segments identified.

                              The reporting segments follow the same accounting policies used for the Company's
                              consolidated financial statements as described in the summary of significant accounting
                              policies. Management evaluates a segment's performance based upon profit or loss from
                              operations before income taxes.

                              Reconciling items represent elimination of inter-segment income and expense items, and are
                              included to reconcile segment data to the consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                      F-38

<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
19.  Segment Information (continued)

Year ended June 30, 2000                         Loan   Treasury and                                    Reconciling
(in thousands)                            Origination        Funding      Servicing      All Other            Items   Consolidated
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
External revenues:
    Gain on sale of loans and
      leases                               $  90,380       $      --       $      --       $      --      $     --     $  90,380
    Interest income                            5,179             848           1,218          16,615            --        23,860
    Non-interest income                        1,468              --          14,938              --            --        16,406
Inter-segment revenues                            --          43,909              --          21,070        (64,979)          --
Operating expenses:
    Interest expense                          22,892          29,471             385          29,283        (43,909)      38,122
    Non-interest expense                      34,866          10,918          11,238           6,739            --        63,761
    Depreciation and amortization              2,089              42             260           3,407            --         5,798
    Interest-only strips fair value
        adjustment                                --              --              --          12,603            --        12,603
    Inter-segment expense                     21,070              --              --              --        (21,070)          --
Income tax expense                             6,122           1,644           1,624         (5,452)            --         3,938
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                 $   9,988       $   2,682       $   2,649       $ (8,895)      $     --     $   6,424
===================================================================================================================================
Segment assets                             $ 118,949       $ 128,402       $  77,499       $ 267,818      $     --     $ 592,668
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                      F-39

<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
19.  Segment Information (continued)

Year ended June 30, 1999                     Loan   Treasury and                                   Reconciling
(in thousands)                            Origination        Funding      Servicing      All Other           Items   Consolidated
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External revenues:
    Gain on sale of loans and
      Leases                               $  64,490      $      --       $     --       $     --       $      --      $  64,490
    Interest income                            5,883            321          1,000          2,120              --          9,324
    Non-interest income                        5,225             88          7,265             32              --         12,610
Inter-segment revenues                            --         24,716             --         25,080        (49,796)             --
Operating expenses:
    Interest expense                          14,313         14,995            415         17,419        (24,716)         22,426
    Non-interest expense                      21,885          6,242          2,274          7,574              --         37,975
    Depreciation and amortization              1,385          1,653            300            834              --          4,172
    Inter-segment expense                     24,490            590             --             --        (25,080)             --
Income tax expense                             4,805            584          1,875            499              --          7,763
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                 $   8,720      $   1,061       $  3,401       $    906       $      --      $  14,088
==================================================================================================================================
Segment assets                             $  66,969      $  86,442       $ 44,921       $197,969       $      --      $ 396,301
==================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                      F-40

<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
20.     Quarterly Data Statement   The following tables summarize financial data by quarters for the years ended
        (Unaudited)                June 30, 2000 and 1999 (in thousands):

                                   Quarterly data for the
                                    year ended 2000                  June 30,     March 31,    December 31,   September 30,
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Revenues
                                     Gain on sale of loans and
                                       leases                         $27,355      $23,412         $20,492         $19,121
                                     Interest and fees                  5,181        4,723           4,737           4,759
                                     Interest accretion on
                                       interest-only strips             4,714        4,836           4,316           2,750
                                     Servicing income                     827        1,173           1,050           1,189
                                     Other income                           6            2               2               1
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Total revenues                      38,083       34,146          30,597          27,820

                                   Total expenses                      46,826(a)    27,621          24,334          21,503
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Income (loss) before provision
                                    for income taxes                   (8,743)       6,525           6,263           6,317

                                  Provision for income taxes           (3,704)       2,610           2,505           2,527
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Net income (loss)                   $(5,039)     $ 3,915         $ 3,758         $ 3,790
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Earnings per common share
                                     Basic                            $ (1.44)     $  1.16         $  1.10         $  1.06
                                     Diluted                          $ (1.44)     $  1.12         $  1.08         $  1.03
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  (a) Includes an interest-only strips fair value adjustment of $12.6 million.
</TABLE>


                                      F-41


<PAGE>

                                                     American Business Financial
                                                 Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
20.     Quarterly Data Statement
        (Unaudited) (continued)

                                  Quarterly data for the
                                   year ended 1999                  June 30,     March 31,    December 31,   September 30,
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Revenues
                                    Gain on sale of loans and
                                        leases                       $18,701      $17,417         $14,775         $13,597
                                    Interest and fees                  3,836        4,271           3,907           4,539
                                    Interest accretion on
                                        interest-only strips           1,322          307             208             184
                                    Servicing income                   1,354          952             525             490
                                    Other income                           2           22               1              14
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Total revenues                      25,215       22,969          19,416          18,824

                                  Total expenses                      19,495       17,487          13,949          13,642
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Income before provision for
                                  income taxes                         5,720        5,482           5,467           5,182

                                 Provision for income taxes            2,059        1,973           1,969           1,762
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Net income                           $3,661       $3,509          $3,498          $3,420
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Earnings per common share
                                    Basic                             $ 1.01        $0.95          $ 0.95          $ 0.92
                                    Diluted                           $ 0.98        $0.92          $ 0.92          $ 0.90
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


                                      F-42


<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

   The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the offering of the Debt Securities, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, which ABFS does not anticipate
paying:


              SEC Registration Fee*.............................   $   92,400
              NASD Filing Fee...................................            0
              Printing, Engraving and Mailing...................      110,000
              Legal Fees and Expenses...........................      100,000
              Accounting Fees and Expenses......................       50,000
              Blue Sky Fees and Expenses........................       20,000
              Miscellaneous.....................................    7,540,000
                                                                   ----------
                             TOTAL                                 $7,912,400
                                                                   ==========

* Exact; all other fees and expenses are estimates

Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

    The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate
of Incorporation") and the Bylaws (the "Bylaws") of ABFS provide for
indemnification of its directors and officers to the full extent permitted
by Delaware law. In the event that the Delaware General Corporation Law
(the "Corporation Law") is amended to authorize corporate action further
eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors and officers,
the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide the personal liability
of the directors and officers of ABFS shall be so eliminated or limited.

    Section 145 of the Corporation Law provides, in substance, that Delaware
corporations shall have the power, under specified circumstances, to indemnify
their directors, officers, employees and agents in connection with actions,
suits or proceedings brought against them by a third party or in the right of
the corporation, by reason of the fact that they were or are such directors,
officers, employees or agents, against expenses incurred in any such action,
suit or proceeding.

    Section 145 of the Corporation Law provides that a company may pay the
expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon an undertaking by or
on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately
determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.
The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of ABFS provide that ABFS shall pay
such expenses.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>


    The Company maintains insurance to cover the Company's directors and
executive officers for liabilities which may be incurred by the Company's
directors and executive officers in the performance of their duties.

Item 16.    Exhibits


Exhibit
Number                                   Description
-----------    -----------------------------------------------------------------
       4.1     Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on
               Form SB-2 filed April 29, 1994, Registration Number 33-76390).

       4.2     Form of Unsecured Investment Note issued pursuant to Indenture
               with First Trust, National Association, a national banking
               association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 of
               Amendment No. One to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2
               filed on December 14, 1995, Registration Number 33-98636 (the
               "1995 Form SB-2").

       4.3     Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National
               Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 4.6 of the Registration Statement on Form
               SB-2 filed on October 26, 1995, Registration Number 33-98636).

       4.4     Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National
               Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 4.4 of the Registration Statement on Form
               SB-2 filed March 28, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115 (the
               "1997 Form SB-2")).

       4.5     Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 4.5 of the 1997 Form SB-2).

       4.6     Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National
               Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 4.4 of the Registration Statement on Form
               SB-2 filed May 23, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115).

       4.7     Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 4.5 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed May
               23, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115).

       4.8     Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust,
               National Association, a national banking association
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.8 of Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed
               September 21, 1998).

-------------------
* Previously filed.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>


       4.9     Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 4.9 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2,
               No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).

       4.10    Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust
               National Association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.10
               of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No.
               333-87333, filed September 17, 1999).

       4.11    Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust
               National Association.*

       4.12    Form of Investment Note.*

       5       Opinion of Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP.*

      10.1     Loan and Security Agreement between Upland Mortgage and
               BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc. dated May 23, 1996
               (Incorporated by reference from the 1996 Form 10-KSB).

      10.2     Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.2 of ABFS' Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB from
               the quarter ended September 30, 1997, File No. 0-22474).

      10.3     Stock Option Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed on
               February 26, 1993, Registration No. 33-59042 (the "Form S-11")).

      10.4     Line of Credit Agreement by and between American Business Credit,
               Inc. and Eagle National Bank (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.4 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on
               Form SB-2 filed on April 29, 1993, Registration No. 33-59042 (the
               "1993 Form SB-2")).

      10.5     Agreement dated April 12, 1993 between American Business Credit,
               Inc. and Eagle National Bank (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.5 of the 1993 Form SB-2).

      10.6     1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Incorporated
               by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Amendment No. 1 to the 1996
               Form SB-2 filed on February 4, 1996 Registration No. 333-18919
               (the "Amendment No. 1 to the 1997 Form SB-2")).

      10.7     Form of Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Plan
               for Formula Awards (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13
               of the 1996 Form 10-KSB).

      10.8     1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (including form of
               Option Agreement) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of
               the September 30, 1997 Form 10-QSB).

-------------------
* Previously filed.

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

      10.9     Interim Warehouse and Security Agreement between Upland Mortgage
               and Prudential Securities Realty Funding Corporation dated April
               25, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 of the
               1996 Form 10-KSB).


      10.10    Lease dated January 7, 1994 by and between TCW Realty Fund IV
               Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.9 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed
               March 15, 1994, File No. 33-76390).

      10.11    First Amendment to Agreement of Lease by and between TCW Realty
               Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated October 24, 1994.
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of ABFS' Annual
               Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995
               (the "1995 Form 10-KSB")).

      10.12    Second Amendment to Agreement of Lease by and between TCW Realty
               Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated December 23, 1994
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the 1995 Form
               10-KSB).

      10.13    Third Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania
               Trust and ABFS dated July 25, 1995 (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.11 of the 1995 Form 10-KSB).

      10.14    Promissory Note of Anthony J. Santilli and Stock Pledge Agreement
               dated September 29, 1995 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               10.14 of the 1995 Form SB-2).

      10.15    Form of Employment Agreement with Anthony J. Santilli, Beverly
               Santilli and Jeffrey M. Ruben (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.15 of the Amendment No. 1 to the 1996 Form SB-2).

      10.16    Amendment One to Anthony J. Santilli Employment Agreement
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the September 30,
               1997 Form 10-QSB).

      10.17    Amendment One to Beverly Santilli's Employment Agreement
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the September 30,
               1997 Form 10-QSB).

      10.18    Management Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               10.16 of the 1996 Form SB-2).

      10.19    Loan and Security Agreement dated December 12, 1996 between
               American Business Credit, Inc. and Finova Capital Corporation
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.17 of the 1996 Form
               SB-2).

      10.20    Form of Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Plan
               for Non-Formula Awards (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               10.18 of the Amendment No. 1 to the 1996 Form SB-2).

      10.21    Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement related to the Company's
               loan securitizations dated March 31, 1995, October 1, 1995, May
               1, 1996, August 31, 1996, February 28, 1997, September 1, 1997,
               February 1, 1998, and June 1, 1998 (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 4.1 of ABFS' Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the
               quarter ended March 31, 1995 (the "March 31, 1995 Form 10-QSB")).

-------------------
* Previously filed.
                                      II-4

<PAGE>


      10.22    Form of Sales and Contribution Agreement related to the Company's
               loan securitizations dated March 31, 1995, October 1, 1995, May
               1, 1996 and September 27, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 4.1 of the March 31, 1995 Form 10-QSB).

      10.23    Amendments to the Interim Warehouse and Security Agreement
               between Upland Mortgage and Prudential Securities Realty Funding
               Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.21 of the
               Amendment No. 1 to the 1997 Form SB-2 filed on May 23, 1997
               Registration No. 333-24115 (the "Amendment No. 1 to the 1997
               SB-2")).

      10.24    Fourth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania
               Trust and ABFS dated April 9, 1996 (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.22 to the Amendment No. 1 to the 1997 SB-2).

      10.25    Fifth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania
               Trust and ABFS dated October 8, 1996 (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.23 to the Amendment No. 1 to the 1997 SB-2).

      10.26    Sixth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania
               Trust and ABFS dated March 31, 1997 (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.24 to the Amendment No. 1 to the 1997 SB-2).

      10.27    Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Stock between Stanley L.
               Furst, Joel E. Furst and ABFS dated October 27, 1997
               (Incorporated by reference from ABFS' Current Report on Form 8-K
               dated October 27, 1997, File No. 0-22747).

      10.28    Credit Agreement between American Business Credit, Inc.,
               HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., and American Business Leasing, Inc.,
               as co-borrowers, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as
               parent, Chase Bank of Texas, NA, as administrative agent and
               certain lenders (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 of
               ABFS' Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended June
               30, 1997 filed on September 29, 1997, File No. 0-22474).

      10.29    Standard Form of Office Lease and Rider to Lease dated April 2,
               1993 by and between 5 Becker Associates and NJMIC (Incorporated
               by reference from Exhibit 10.29 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
               to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on January 22,
               1998, Registration No. 333-2445).

      10.30    First Amendment of Lease by and between 5 Becker Associates and
               NJMIC dated July 27, 1994 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               10.30 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
               Statement on Form SB-2 filed on January 22, 1998, Registration
               No. 333-2445).

-------------------
* Previously filed.

                                      II-5

<PAGE>


      10.31    Form of Debenture Note related to NJMIC's subordinated debt
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.31 of Post-Effective
               Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed
               on January 22, 1998, Registration No. 333-2445).

      10.32    Note Agreement and Promissory Note dated July 15, 1997 issued by
               NJMIC to N.M. Rothschild & Sons (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.32 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the
               Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on January 22, 1998,
               Registration No. 333-2445).

      10.33    Form of Standard Terms and Conditions of Servicing Agreement
               related to NJMIC's lease securitizations dated May 1, 1995 and
               March 1, 1996. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.33 of
               Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on
               Form SB-2 filed on January 22, 1998, Registration No. 333-2445).

      10.34    Form of Standard Terms and Conditions of Lease Acquisition
               Agreement related to NJMIC's lease securitizations dated May 1,
               1995 and March 1, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               10.34 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
               Statement on Form SB-2 filed on January 22, 1998, Registration
               No. 333-2445).

      10.35    Amended and Restated Specific Terms and Conditions of Servicing
               Agreement related to NJMIC's lease securitization dated May 1,
               1995 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.35 of
               Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on
               Form SB-2 filed on January 22, 1998, Registration No. 333-2445).

      10.36    Amended and Restated Specific Terms and Conditions of Lease
               Acquisition Agreement related to NJMIC's lease securitization
               dated May 1, 1995 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.36
               of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
               on Form SB-2 filed on January 22, 1998, Registration No.
               333-2445).

      10.37    Specific Terms and Conditions of Servicing Agreement related to
               NJMIC's lease securitization dated March 1, 1996 (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 10.37 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
               the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on January 22,
               1998, Registration No. 333-2445).

      10.38    Specific Terms and Conditions of Lease Acquisition Agreement
               related to NJMIC's lease securitization dated March 1, 1996
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.38 of Post-Effective
               Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed
               on January 22, 1998, Registration No. 333-2445).

-------------------
* Previously filed.

                                      II-6

<PAGE>



      10.39    Indenture by and among ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1998-A,
               American Business Leasing, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank
               dated June 1, 1998 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.39
               of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No.
               333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).

      10.40    Form of Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement related to the Company's
               home equity loan securitizations dated March 27, 1997, September
               29, 1997, February 1, 1998 and June 1, 1998 (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 10.40 of Registrant's Registration
               Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).

      10.41    First Amended and Restated Interim Warehouse and Security
               Agreement among Prudential Securities Credit Corporation, as
               lender, and HomeAmerican Credit Inc. and American Business
               Credit, Inc., as borrowers (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.41 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2,
               No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).

      10.42    Amendments to the First Amended and Restated Interim Warehouse
               and Security Agreement among Prudential Securities Credit
               Corporation, as lender, and HomeAmerican Credit Inc. and American
               Business Credit, Inc., as borrowers (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.42 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
               S-2, No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).

      10.43    Amendments to the Credit Agreement between American Business
               Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business
               Leasing, Inc., New Jersey Mortgage & Investment Corp., and
               Federal Leasing Corp. as co-borrowers, American Business
               Financial Services, Inc., as parent, Chase Bank of Texas, NA, as
               administrative agent for lenders (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.43 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2,
               No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).

      10.44    $100.0 Million Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated September
               30, 1998 among American Business Lease Funding Corporation,
               American Business Leasing, Inc. and a syndicate of financial
               institutions led by First Union Capital Markets and First Union
               National Bank, as liquidity agent. (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's September 30, 1998 Form
               10-Q).

      10.45    $20.0 Million Credit Agreement, dated September 28, 1998 between
               American Business Leasing, Inc., Federal Leasing Corp. and First
               Union National Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2
               of the Registrant's September 30, 1998 Form 10-Q).

-------------------
* Previously filed.

                                      II-7

<PAGE>


      10.46    Interim Warehouse and Security Agreement, dated August 3, 1998,
               among Prudential Securities Credit Corporation, as lender, and
               Federal Leasing, Inc. and American Business Leasing, Inc., as
               borrowers, and Amendments One and Two thereto. (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's September 30,
               1998 Form 10-Q).

      10.47    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 1, 1998,
               between American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit,
               Inc., American Business Leasing, Inc., New Jersey Mortgage and
               Investment Corp., as co-borrowers, American Business Financial
               Services, Inc., as parent and Chase Bank of Texas. (Incorporated
               by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's September 30,
               1998 Form 10-Q)

      10.48    $5,000,000 Loan Agreement dated as of December 30, 1998, between
               American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., New
               Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp. as co-borrowers, and Chase
               Bank of Texas as lender. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               10.1 of the Registrant's December 31, 1998 Form 10-Q).

      10.49    Amendment to First Amended and Restated Interim Warehouse and
               Security Agreement dated June 7, 1997 among Prudential Securities
               Credit Corporation and Home American Credit, Inc., New Jersey
               Mortgage and American Business Credit, Inc. and ABFS as Guarantor
               (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the Form 10-K for
               the year ended June 30, 1999).

      10.50    Lease Agreement dated August 30, 1999 related to One Presidential
               Boulevard (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
               Registrant's September 30, 1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.51    Employment Agreement between American Business Financial
               Services, Inc. and Albert Mandia (Incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's September 30, 1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.52    Change in Control Agreement between American Business Financial
               Services, Inc. and Albert Mandia (Incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's September 30, 1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.53    12/99 Amendment dated effective as of December 30, 1999, to
               $5,000,000 Loan Agreement dated as of December 30, 1998, between
               American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., and
               New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., as co-borrower and
               Chase Bank of Texas, National Association as lender (Incorporated
               by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's December 31,
               1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.54    American Business Financial Services Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's
               December 31, 1999 Form 10-Q).

-------------------
* Previously filed.

                                      II-8

<PAGE>


      10.55    Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of
               October 13, 1999 among American Business Lease Funding
               Corporation, American Business Leasing, Inc. and a syndicate of
               financial institutions led by First Union Securities, Inc. as
               Deal Agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the
               Registrant's December 31, 1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.56    Amendment No. 4, dated as of November 12, 1999, to the
               Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1998,
               among American Business Lease Funding Corporation, American
               Business Leasing, Inc. and a syndicate of financial institutions
               led by First Union Securities, Inc. as Deal Agent (Incorporated
               by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's December 31,
               1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.57    Amendment No. 5, dated as of November 29, 1999, to the
               Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1998,
               among American Business Lease Funding Corporation, American
               Business Leasing, Inc. and a syndicate of financial institutions
               led by First Union Securities, Inc. as Deal Agent (Incorporated
               by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's December 31,
               1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.58    Amendment No. 6, dated as of December 14, 1999, to the
               Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1998,
               among American Business Lease Funding Corporation, American
               Business Leasing, Inc. and a syndicate of financial institutions
               led by First Union Securities, Inc. as Deal Agent (Incorporated
               by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's December 31,
               1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.59    Seventh Amendment, dated as of December 31, 1999, to the
               Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1998,
               among American Business Lease Funding Corporation, American
               Business Leasing, Inc. and a syndicate of financial institutions
               led by First Union Securities, Inc. as Deal Agent (Incorporated
               by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's December 31,
               1999 Form 10-Q).

      10.60    Eight Amendment, dated as of January 10, 2000, to the Receivables
               Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1998, among
               American Business Lease Funding Corporation, American Business
               Leasing, Inc. and a syndicate of financial institutions led by
               First Union Securities, Inc. as Deal Agent (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's December 31, 1999
               Form 10-Q).

      10.61    2000-1 Securitization Agreement - the Sale and Servicing
               Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2000, by and among Prudential
               Securities Secured Financing Corporation, ABFS Mortgage Loan
               Trust 2000-1, Chase Bank of Texas, N.A., as collateral agent, The
               Chase Manhattan Bank, as indenture trustee and American Business
               Credit, Inc., as Servicer (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               10.1 of the Registrant's March 31, 2000 Form 10-Q).

-------------------
* Previously filed.

                                      II-9

<PAGE>



      10.62    The Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 by and
               among ABFS Millenium, Inc., as Depositor, American Business
               Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage
               and New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., as Originators,
               American Business Financial Services, Inc., as Guarantor, ABFS
               Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust, as Issuer, American Business
               Credit, Inc., as Servicer, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
               Indenture Trustee and Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's March 31, 2000 Form 10-Q).

      10.63    Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of May 5, 2000
               between New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., American
               Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland
               Mortgage and Residential Funding Corporation.*

      10.64    Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of July 6, 2000 by and
               among ABFS Greenmont, Inc., as Depositor, HomeAmerican Credit,
               Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, and New Jersey Mortgage and
               Investment Corp., as Originators and Subservicers, ABFS Mortgage
               Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2, as Trust, American Business Credit,
               Inc., as an Originator and Servicer, American Business Financial
               Services, Inc., as Sponsor, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
               Indenture Trustee and Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.64 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
               for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000 (the "2000 Form 10-K")).

      10.65    Indenture dated as of July 6, 2000 between ABFS Mortgage Loan
               Warehouse Trust 2000-2 and The Chase Manhattan Bank.
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.65 of the 2000 Form
               10-K).

      10.66    Employment Agreement by and between American Business Financial
               Services, Inc. and Milton Riseman (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.66 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      10.67    Letter Employment Agreement by and between American Business
               Financial Services, Inc. and Ralph Hall (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 10.67 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      10.68    Indenture dated as of the March 1, 2000, by and between ABFS
               Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-1, as Issuer and The Chase
               Manhattan Bank, as Indenture Trustee (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.68 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      10.69    Credit Confirmation and Note Amendment No. 9 to the First Amended
               and Restated Interim Warehouse and Security Agreement and Secured
               Note dated as of March 20, 2000 (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.69 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

-------------------
* Previously filed.

                                     II-10

<PAGE>

      11       Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings (Included in Note
               18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

      12       Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Incorporated
               by Reference from Exhibit 12 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      21       Subsidiaries of the Company.*

      23.1     Consent of Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP (Included in Exhibit
               5).*

      23.2     Consent of BDO Seidman LLP.

      24       Power of Attorney (Included on Signature Page).*

      25       Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust
               Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1.*

      27       Financial Data Schedule (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               27 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      99.1     Form of Prospectus Supplement, Form of Order Forms and Other
               Materials.*


           Exhibit numbers correspond to the exhibits required by Item 601 of
Regulation S-K for a Registration Statement on Form S-2.

Item 17.   Undertakings.

         (a)      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1)      To file, during any period in which offers or sells
                           securities, a post-effective amendment to this
                           registration statement:

                           (i)      To include any prospectus required by
                                    Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

                           (ii)     To reflect in the prospectus any facts or
                                    events arising after the effective date of
                                    the registration statement (or the most
                                    recent post-effective amendment thereof)
                                    which, individually or in the aggregate,
                                    represent a fundamental change in the
                                    information set forth in the registration
                                    statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                                    any increase or decrease in volume of
                                    securities offered (if the total dollar
                                    value of securities offered would not exceed
                                    that which was registered) and any deviation
                                    from the low or high end of the estimated
                                    maximum offering range may be reflected in
                                    the form of prospectus filed with the
                                    Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in
                                    the aggregate, the changes in volume and
                                    price represent no more than a 20% change in
                                    the maximum aggregate offering price set
                                    forth in the "calculation of Registration
                                    Fee" table in the effective registration
                                    statement;


                                     II-11

<PAGE>

                           (iii)    To include any material information with
                                    respect to the plan of distribution not
                                    previously disclosed in the registration
                                    statement or any material change to such
                                    information in the registration statement;

                  (2)      That, for the purpose of determining any liability
                           under the Securities Act, each such post-effective
                           amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration
                           statement relating to the securities offered therein,
                           and the offering of such securities at that time
                           shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

                  (3)      To remove form registration by means of a
                           post-effective amendment any of the securities that
                           remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

         (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to deliver or cause to
         be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus
         is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is
         incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to
         and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the
         Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial
         information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X are
         not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered
         to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest
         quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the
         prospectus to provide such interim financial information.

         (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
         Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
         persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
         otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
         Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against
         public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
         In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
         (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
         by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
         successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
         such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
         securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion
         of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
         submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
         indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
         Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
         issue.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>


         (d)      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

                  (1)      For the purposes of determining any liability under
                           the Securities Act, the information omitted from the
                           form of prospectus filed as part of this registration
                           statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
                           a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under
                           Rule 424(b)(1), or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
                           Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
                           statement as of the time it was declared effective.

                  (2)      For the purposes of determining any liability under
                           the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment
                           that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to
                           be a new registration statement relating to the
                           securities offered therein, and the offering of the
                           securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
                           initial bona fide offering thereof.




                                     II-13

<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
meets all of the requirements of filing on Pre-Effective Amendment No.
Three to Form S-2 and has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in the City of Philadelphia,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on October 9, 2000.


                           AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.


Date: October 9, 2000      By:  /s/ Anthony J. Santilli
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                Anthony J. Santilli, Chairman, President,
                                Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer
                                and Director (Duly Authorized Officer)

                              -------------------

         In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
this registration statement was signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             SIGNATURE                                     CAPACITY                              DATE
------------------------------------      ------------------------------------------     --------------------

<S>                                       <C>                                            <C>

  /s/ Anthony J. Santilli                 Chairman, President, Chief Executive           October 9, 2000
  ------------------------                Officer, Chief Operating Officer and
  Anthony J. Santilli                     Director (Principal Executive and Operating
                                          Officer)

  /s/ Albert W. Mandia                    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial   October 9, 2000
  ------------------------                Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting
  Albert W. Mandia                        Officer)

              *                           Director
  ------------------------
  Leonard Becker

              *                           Director
  ------------------------
  Richard Kaufman

              *                           Director
  ------------------------
  Michael DeLuca

              *                           Director
  ------------------------
  Harold Sussman


* By:/s/ Anthony J. Santilli                                                             October  9, 2000
     ------------------------------------
     Anthony J. Santilli
     Attorney-In-Fact

</TABLE>


<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Numbers        Description
----------     -----------

       4.11    Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust
               National Association.*

       4.12    Form of Investment Note.*

       5       Opinion of Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP.*

      10.63    Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of May 5, 2000
               between New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., American
               Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland
               Mortgage and Residential Funding Corporation.*

      10.64    Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of July 6, 2000 by and
               among ABFS Greenmont, Inc., as Depositor, HomeAmerican Credit,
               Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, and New Jersey Mortgage and
               Investment Corp., as Originators and Subservicers, ABFS Mortgage
               Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2, as Trust, American Business Credit,
               Inc., as an Originator and Servicer, American Business Financial
               Services, Inc., as Sponsor, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
               Indenture Trustee and Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.64 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
               for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000 (the "2000 Form 10-K")).

      10.65    Indenture dated as of July 6, 2000 between ABFS Mortgage Loan
               Warehouse Trust 2000-2 and The Chase Manhattan Bank.
               (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.65 of the 2000 Form
               10-K).

      10.66    Employment Agreement by and between American Business Financial
               Services, Inc. and Milton Riseman (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.66 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      10.67    Letter Employment Agreement by and between American Business
               Financial Services, Inc. and Ralph Hall (Incorporated by
               reference from Exhibit 10.67 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      10.68    Indenture dated as of the March 1, 2000, by and between ABFS
               Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-1, as Issuer and The Chase
               Manhattan Bank, as Indenture Trustee (Incorporated by reference
               from Exhibit 10.68 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      10.69    Credit Confirmation and Note Amendment No. 9 to the First Amended
               and Restated Interim Warehouse and Security Agreement and Secured
               Note dated as of March 20, 2000 (Incorporated by reference from
               Exhibit 10.69 of the 2000 Form 10-K).


<PAGE>


      11       Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings. (Included in Note
               18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).*

      12       Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
               (Incorporated by Reference from Exhibit 12 of the 2000 Form
               10-K).

      21       Subsidiaries of the Company.*

      23.1     Consent of Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP (Included in Exhibit
               5).*

      23.2     Consent of BDO Seidman LLP.

      24       Power of Attorney (Included on Signature Page).*

      25       Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust
               Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1.*

      27       Financial Data Schedule (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
               27 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

      99.1     Form of Prospectus Supplement, Form of Order Form and Other
               Materials.*

--------------------
*  Previously filed.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission